Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

prob

  • 1 λόγος

    λόγος, ου, ὁ (verbal noun of λέγω in the sense ‘pick’; Hom.+).
    ① a communication whereby the mind finds expression, word
    ⓐ of utterance, chiefly oral.
    α. as expression, word (oratorical ability plus exceptional performance were distinguishing marks in Hellenic society, hence the frequent association of λ. and ἔργον ‘deed’; a sim. formulation as early as Il. 9, 443 μύθων τε ῥητῆρʼ ἔμεναι πρηκτῆρά τε ἔργων; Polystrat. p. 33 μὴ λόγῳ μόνον ἀλλʼ ἔργω; Just., A II, 4, 2 ἢ λόγῳ ἢ ἔργῳ and D. 35, 7 λόγον ἢ πρᾶξιν) δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ κ. λόγῳ, i.e. an exceptional personage Lk 24:19; pl. of Moses Ac 7:22 (the contrast expressed w. a verb Choix 20, 6–8 ποιεῖ ἀγαθὸν ὄτι δύναται καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ of Apollordorus, a benefactor in Cyzicus, a flourishing city in Phrygia; sim. New Docs 7, 233, no. 10, 8f πολιτευόμενος … λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ; cp. IKourion 32, 8; without contrast Diod S 13, 101, 3 ἄνδρας λόγῳ δυνατούς; for sim. constructions using λέγω and πράσσω s. Danker, Benefactor 339–43). Cp. Ro 15:18; 2 Cor 10:11; Col 3:17; 2 Th 2:17; Hb 13:21 v.l.; 1J 3:18 (cp. Theognis 1, 87f Diehl3 μή μʼ ἔπεσιν μὲν στέργε κτλ.—For the contrast λόγῳ … ἀληθείᾳ cp. Diod S 13, 4, 1). In contrast to a sinful deed we also have the λόγος ἁμαρτίας sinful word Judaicon 172, 9. W. γνῶσις: ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ κ. πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5. ἰδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώσει 2 Cor 11:6. (Opp. δύναμις ‘revelation of power’) 1 Cor 4:19, 20. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον οὐκ ἐγενήθη ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει 1 Th 1:5 (cp. Ar. 13, 7 of mythical accounts οὐδέν εἰσιν εἰ μὴ μόνον λόγοι ‘they’re nothing but words’). W. ἐπιστολή: 2 Th 2:2, 15. W. ἀναστροφή: 1 Ti 4:12; 1 Pt 3:1b. Opp. ‘be silent’: IRo 2:1.—μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ just say the word Mt 8:8; cp. Lk 7:7 (Ath. 17, 1 ὡς λόγῳ εἰπεῖν; 29, 2; Phalaris, Ep. 121, 1 λόγῳ λέγειν; cp. schol. on Pla. 341a ἐν λόγῳ μόνον εἰπεῖν). οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον no one was able to answer him a (single) word Mt 22:46; cp. 15:23 (cp. TestAbr A 16 p. 98, 11 [Stone p. 44] οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ λόγον).— The (mighty) word (of one who performs miracles) ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Mt 8:16 (a rare use of λ. as ‘single utterance’, s. L-S-J-M s.v. VII).—διὰ λόγου by word of mouth (opp. ‘by letter’) Ac 15:27.—In the textually uncertain pass. Ac 20:24 the text as it stands in N., οὐδενὸς λόγου (v.l. λόγον) ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν, may well mean: I do not consider my life worth a single word (cp. λόγου ἄξιον [ἄξιος 1a] and our ‘worth mention’; s. Conzelmann ad loc.).
    β. The expression may take on a variety of formulations or topical nuances: what you say Mt 5:37; statement (PGM 4, 334) Lk 20:20; question (Sext. Emp., Math. 8, 295; 9, 133; Diog. L. 2, 116) ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς λόγον I will ask you a question (cp. TestJob 36:5; GrBar 5:1; ApcSed 13:6; Jos., Ant. 12, 99) Mt 21:24; cp. Mk 11:29; Lk 20:3; prayer (PGM 1, 25; 4, 90; 179; 230 al.; 5, 180; 196 al.) Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39. ἡγούμενος τοῦ λ. principal speaker Ac 14:12. W. epexeget. gen. λ. παρακλήσεως 13:15. W. κήρυγμα our manner of presentation and our proclamation 1 Cor 2:4a (but s. comm.). (W. διδασκαλία) preaching 1 Ti 5:17; prophecy (Biogr. p. 364 [Pythia]) J 2:22; 18:32. Command (Aeschyl., Pers. 363) Lk 4:36; 2 Pt 3:5, 7; via a letter 2 Th 3:14. Report, story (X., An. 1, 4, 7; Diod S 3, 40, 9; 19, 110, 1 λ. διαδιδόναι=spread a report; Appian, Iber. 80 §346, Maced. 4 §1 [both=rumor]; Diod S 32, 15, 3 ἦλθεν ὁ λ. ἐπί τινα=the report came to someone; Arrian, Anab. 7, 22, 1 λόγος λέγεται τοιόσδε=a story is told like this, Ind. 9, 2; Diod S 3, 18, 3 λ.=story, account; Jos., Ant. 19, 132; Tat. 27, 2 τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλέα λόγου) Mt 28:15; Mk 1:45; Lk 5:15 (λ. περί τινος as X., An. 6, 6, 13; Jos., Ant. 19, 127) 7:17; J 21:23. ἠκούσθη ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τ. ἐκκλησίας the report came to the ears of the assembly in Jerusalem Ac 11:22. λόγον ἔχειν σοφίας have the appearance of wisdom, pass for wisdom Col 2:23 (cp. Pla., Epinomis 987b ἔχει λόγον; Demosth., C. Lept. 462 [20, 18] λόγον τινʼ ἔχον; but mng. 2f is possible). Proverb (Pla., Phdr. 17, 240c, Symp. 18, 195b, Gorg. 54, 499c, Leg. 6, 5, 757a; Socrat., Ep. 22, 1) J 4:37 (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 13, 7 ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ὁ λ. foll. by a proverb). Proclamation, instruction, teaching, message Lk 4:32; 10:39; J 4:41; 17:20; Ac 2:41; 4:4; 10:44; 20:7; 1 Cor 1:17; 2:1. In Ac18:15 ζητήματα περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου the sense appears to be someth. like this: controversial issues involving disputes about words and your way of life with λ. prob. referring to the presentation of controversial subjects, which in turn arouses heated ζητήματα debates. λόγος σοφίας proclamation of wisdom, speaking wisely 1 Cor 12:8a (Ps.-Phoc. 129 τῆς θεοπνεύστου σοφίης λ.); corresp. λ. γνώσεως vs. 8b. Cp. 14:9; 15:2; 2 Cor 1:18; 6:7; 10:10. λ. μαρτυρίας word of witness Rv 12:11. ὁ κατὰ τ. διδαχὴν πιστὸς λ. the message of faith, corresponding to the teaching Tit 1:9; the opp. 2 Ti 2:17. A speech (Aristot. p. 14b, 2; Diod S 40, 5a) διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ in a long speech Ac 15:32; cp. 20:2. λ. κολακείας flattering speech 1 Th 2:5. Speaking gener. 2 Cor 8:7; Eph 6:19; Col 4:6; D 2:5. ἐν λόγῳ πταίειν make a mistake in what one says Js 3:2.—Of God’s word, command, commission (LXX; ParJer 5:19 κατηχῆσαι αὐτοὺς τὸν λόγον; SyrBar 13:2; ApcSed 14:10; Just., D. 84, 2; Ael. Aristid. hears a ἱερὸς λ. at night fr. a god: 28, 116 K.=49, p. 529 D.; Sextus 24) ἠκυρώσατε τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 15:6 (v.l. νόμον, ἐντολήν); cp. Mk 7:13.—J 5:38; 8:55; 10:35; Ro 3:4 (Ps 50:6). Of God’s promise Ro 9:6, 9 (but these two vss., and Gal 5:14 below, prob. fit better under 2a), 28 (Is 10:22f). Cp. Hb 2:2; 4:2 (s. ἀκοή 4b); 7:28; 12:19. For B 15:1 see 1aδ. The whole law (as the expr. εἴ τι ἑτέρα ἐντολή indicates not limited to a narrow list of commandments), acc. to Ro 13:9. In what is prob. a play on words (s. 2a and b), Gal 5:14 (s. 2a below) is summed up in the λόγος as expressed in Lev 19:18.—That which God has created ἁγιάζεται διὰ λόγου θεοῦ 1 Ti 4:5; in line w. the context, this hardly refers to God’s creative word (so SibOr 3, 20; PtK 2; πάντα γὰρ λόγῳ ποιήσας ὁ θεός Theoph. Ant. 2, 18 [144, 8]), but to table prayers which use biblical expressions. The divine word as judge of thoughts Hb 4:12. τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 17:17; cp. 19:9.—Of the divine revelation through Christ and his messengers (Just., A I, 61, 9 λόγον … παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐμάθομεν τοῦτον) θεὸς ἐφανέρωσεν τὸν λ. αὐτοῦ ἐν κηρύγματι Tit 1:3. δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λ. σου J 17:14; cp. vss. 6, 17; 1J 1:10; 2:14. ἵνα μὴ ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται Tit 2:5. The apostles and other preachers, w. ref. to the λόγος of God, are said to: λαλεῖν Ac 4:29, 31; 13:46; Phil 1:14; Hb 13:7; καταγγέλλειν Ac 13:5; 17:13; διδάσκειν 18:11; μαρτυρεῖν Rv 1:2. Of their hearers it is said: τὸν λ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούειν Ac 13:7; δέχεσθαι 8:14; 11:1. Of the λ. τοῦ θεοῦ itself we read: ηὔξανεν Ac 6:7; 12:24; 19:20; οὐ δέδεται 2 Ti 2:9. In these places and many others ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ is simply the Christian message, the gospel: Lk 5:1; 8:11, 21; 11:28 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 1, 20 μὴ μόνον ἀκουόντων ἀλλὰ πασχόντων καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων=let the message have its effect on oneself); Ac 6:2 (s. καταλείπω 7c; for prob. commercial metaph. s. 2a below); 13:44 v.l. (for κυρίου); 16:32 v.l.; 1 Cor 14:36; 2 Cor 2:17; 4:2; Col 1:25; 1 Pt 1:23; Rv 1:9; 6:9; 20:4; IPhld 11:1. Cp. 1 Th 2:13ab; 1J 2:5.—Since this ‘divine word’ is brought to humanity through Christ, his word can be used in the same sense: ὁ λόγος μου J 5:24; cp. 8:31, 37, 43, 51f; 12:48; 14:23f; 15:3, 20b; Rv 3:8. ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Col 3:16; cp. Hb 6:1. ὁ λ. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 8:25; 12:24 v.l.; 13:44, 48f; 14:25 v.l.; 15:35, 36; 16:32 (cp. λ. θεοῦ); 19:10; 1 Th 1:8; 2 Th 3:1. Pl. Mk 8:38 (Lk 9:26); 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Lk 24:44; s. also 1aδ.—Or it is called simply ὁ λόγος=the ‘Word’, for no misunderstanding would be possible among Christians: Mt 13:20–23; Mk 2:2; 4:14–20, 33; 8:32 (s. 1aε below); 16:20; Lk 1:2; 8:12f, 15; Ac 6:4; 8:4; 10:36 (on the syntax s. FNeirynck, ETL 60, ’84, 118–23); 11:19; 14:25 (cp. λ. κυρίου above); 16:6; 17:11; 18:5; Gal 6:6; Phil 1:14; Col 4:3; 1 Th 1:6; 2 Ti 4:2; Js 1:21ff; 1 Pt 2:8; 3:1; 1J 2:7; AcPl Ha 7, 6 (so also Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 2, 3).—Somet. the ‘Word’ is more closely defined by a gen.: ὁ λ. τῆς βασιλείας the word of the reign/rule (of God) Mt 13:19. τῆς σωτηρίας Ac 13:26. τῆς καταλλαγῆς 2 Cor 5:19. τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. δικαιοσύνης (q.v. 3a) Hb 5:13. ζωῆς Phil 2:16. (τῆς) ἀληθείας (Theoph. Ant. 3, 4 [p. 212, 2]; cp. περὶ ἀληθείας Hippol., Ref. 10, 6, 1) Eph 1:13; Col 1:5; 2 Ti 2:15; Js 1:18; AcPl Ha 8, 8 (Just., D. 121, 2). τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) Ac 14:3; 20:32. (Differently the pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. χάριτος gracious words Lk 4:22; cp. Marcellinus, Vi. Thu. 57 Hude λόγοι εἰρωνείας.) ὁ λ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ac 15:7; ὁ τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ λ. MPol 10:1. In Rv 3:10 the gospel is described by the ‘One who has the key of David’ as ὁ λ. τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου my word of endurance (W-S. §30, 12c). λ. τῶν ὑ[πο]μονῶν AcPl Ha 6, 11. παρελάβετε τὸν λ. ὅτι AcPl Ha 8, 25.—The pastoral letters favor the expr. πιστὸς ὁ λόγος (sc. ἐστίν, and s. πιστός 1b) 1 Ti 1:15; 3:1; 4:9; 2 Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8; cp. Rv 21:5; 22:6. λ. ὑγιής sound preaching Tit 2:8; cp. the pl. ὑγιαίνοντες λόγοι 2 Ti 1:13 (on medicinal use of words for the mind or soul s. VLeinieks, The City of Dionysos ’96, 115–22, on Eur.).—The pl. is also used gener. of Christian teachings, the words of the gospel Lk 1:4 (s. κατηχέω 2a); 1 Th 4:18. οἱ λ. τῆς πίστεως 1 Ti 4:6. On λόγοι κυριακοί for λόγια κυριακά in the title of the Papias document s. ἐξήγησις 2.—JSchniewind, Die Begriffe Wort und Evangelium bei Pls, diss. Bonn 1910; RAsting (εὐαγγέλιον, end).
    γ. of an individual declaration or remark: assertion, declaration, speech ἀκούσαντες τὸν λ. when they heard the statement Mt 15:12; cp. 19:11, 22; 22:15; Mk 5:36. διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λ. because of this statement of yours 7:29 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 29 [Stone p. 38] τὸν λ. τοῦτον; ApcMos 25 εἰς τὸν λόγον σου κρινῶ σε). Cp. 10:22; 12:13; Lk 1:29; 22:61 v.l. (for ῥήματος); J 4:39, 50; 6:60; 7:36, 40 v.l.; 15:20a; 18:9; 19:8; Ac 6:5; 7:29; 20:38; 22:22; 1 Th 4:15. ὸ̔ς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου whoever utters a (defamatory) word against the Son of Humanity Mt 12:32 (λ. εἰπεῖν κατά τινος as Jos., Ant. 15, 81); cp. Lk 12:10. λόγος σαπρός unwholesome talk Eph 4:29. λόγον ποιεῖσθαι make a speech Ac 11:2 D (cp. Hyperid. 3, 20; Jos., Ant. 11, 86).
    δ. the pl. (οἱ) λόγοι is used, on the one hand, of words uttered on various occasions, of speeches or instruction given here and there by humans or transcendent beings (TestAbr A 14 p. 94, 19 [Stone p. 36]; Jos., Ant. 4, 264; Just., D. 100, 3) ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ (καταδικασθήσῃ) Mt 12:37ab; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 21:33; Ac 2:40; 7:22 (ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. On the word-deed pair cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 6 the λόγοι and ἔργα of Diogenes; s. α above). οἱ δέκα λόγοι the ten commandments (Ex 34:28; Dt 10:4; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 168, Decal. 32; Jos., Ant. 3, 138; cp. 91f; Did., Gen. 36, 10) B 15:1. Ac 15:24; 20:35; 1 Cor 2:4b, 13; 14:19ab; κενοὶ λ. Eph 5:6; AcPl Ox 6, 13 (cp. Aa 1, 241, 14); Dg 8:2; πλαστοὶ λ. 2 Pt 2:3. λ. πονηροί 3J 10.—Also of words and exprs. that form a unity, whether it be connected discourse (Jos., Ant. 15, 126; Just., A II, 12, 6, D. 11, 5; 81, 3 al.), a conversation, or parts of one and the same teaching, or expositions on the same subject (Diod S 16, 2, 3 μετέσχε τῶν Πυθαγορίων λόγων; Dio Chrys. 37 [54], 1; Ael. Aristid. 50, 55 K.=26 p. 519 D.: οἱ Πλάτωνος λόγοι; PsSol 17:43 [words of the Messiah]; AscIs 3:12 οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Βελχειρά) πᾶς ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους Mt 7:24; cp. vss. 26, 28; 10:14; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 10:24; Lk 1:20; 6:47; 9:28, 44. ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς he questioned him at some length 23:9. τίνες οἱ λ. οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε; what is this conversation that you are holding? 24:17; J 7:40 (s. γ); 10:19; J 14:24a; 19:13; Ac 2:22; 5:5, 24; 16:36; 2 Ti 4:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 46:7. λόγοις φθοριμαίοις AcPlCor 1:2.
    ε. the subject under discussion, matter, thing gener. (Theognis 1055 Diehl; Hdt. 8, 65 μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον εἴπῃς. Cp. Hebr. דָּבָר) τὸν λ. ἐκράτησαν they took up the subject Mk 9:10; cp. Mt. 21:24 (s. 1aβ beg.). οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ you have no share in this matter Ac 8:21. ἰδεῖν περὶ τ. λόγου τούτου look into this matter 15:6. ἔχειν πρός τινα λόγον have a complaint against someone (cp. Demosth. 35, 55 ἐμοὶ πρὸς τούτους ὁ λόγος; PIand 16, 3 δίκαιον λόγον ἔχει πρὸς σέ) 19:38. παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (2d is also prob.).—Perh. also Mk 8:32 he discussed the subject quite freely (but s. 1aβ above).
    ⓑ of literary or oratorical productions: of the separate books of a work (Hdt. 5, 36 ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τ. λόγων; Pla., Parmen. 2, 127d ὁ πρῶτος λόγος; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 1 ὁ μὲν πρότερος λόγος ἦν ἡμῖν, ὦ Θεόδοτε, περὶ τοῦ …) treatise Ac 1:1 (s. on the prologue to Ac: AHilgenfeld, ZWT 41, 1898, 619ff; AGercke, Her 29, 1894, 373ff; RLaqueur, Her 46, 1911, 161ff; Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; JCreed, JTS 35, ’34, 176–82; Goodsp., Probs. 119–21). Παπίας … πέντε λόγους κυριακῶν λογίων ἔγραψεν Papias (11:1; cp. 3:1 e; 11:2; 12:2).—περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11. Hb is described as ὁ λ. τῆς παρακλήσεως a word of exhortation (in literary form) 13:22. Of writings that are part of Holy Scripture ὁ λ. Ἠσαί̈ου J 12:38. ὁ λ. ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένος 15:25; ὁ προφητικὸς λ. 2 Pt 1:19; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.); AcPl Ha 8, 27/BMM recto 35 (Just., D. 77, 2 al.). ὁ ἅγιος λ. the holy word 1 Cl 56:3. ὁ λ. ὁ γεγραμμένος 1 Cor 15:54 (Is 25:8 and Hos 13:14 follow). Pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. προφητῶν Ac 15:15. ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαί̈ου Lk 3:4 (Pla., 7th Epistle 335a πείθεσθαι ἀεὶ χρὴ τοῖς παλαιοῖς καὶ ἱεροῖς λόγοις; TestJob 1:1 βίβλος λόγων Ἰώβ; ParJer 9:32 v.l. τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν λόγων Ἱερεμίου; ApcEsdr 1:1 καὶ ἀποκάλυψις τοῦ … Ἐσδράμ; ApcSed prol.; Just., D. 72, 3f).—Of the content of Rv: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων τ. λόγους τῆς προφητείας 1:3. οἱ λόγοι (τ. προφητείας) τ. βιβλίου τούτου 22:7, 9f, 18f.
    ② computation, reckoning
    ⓐ a formal accounting, esp. of one’s actions, and freq. with fig. extension of commercial terminology account, accounts, reckoning λόγον δοῦναι (Hdt. 8, 100; X., Cyr. 1, 4, 3; Diod S 3, 46, 4; SIG 1099, 16; BGU 164, 21; Jos., Ant. 16, 120; Just., D. 115, 6) give account, make an accounting ἕκαστος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον δώσει τ. θεῷ Ro 14:12. Also λ. ἀποδοῦναι abs. (Just., D. 116, 1 al.; Diod S 16, 56, 4; 19, 9, 4) Hb 13:17. τινί to someone (Diod S 16, 27, 4; Plut., Alcib. 7, 3; Chariton 7, 6, 2; SIG 631, 13 τᾷ πόλει; 2 Ch 34:28; Da 6:3 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 209) τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 Pt 4:5. τινὸς of someth. (SIG 1044, 46; 1105, 10 τοῦ ἀναλώματος; Jos., Ant. 19, 307) Lk 16:2 (here λ. w. the art.; on the subject of undergoing an audit cp. Aeschin. 3, 22). Likew. περί τινος (Diod S 18, 60, 2 δοὺς αὑτῷ περὶ τούτων λόγον=taking account [considering] with himself; BGU 98, 25 περὶ τούτου) Mt 12:36; Ac 19:40. ὑπέρ τινος concerning someone Hv 3, 9, 10.—αἰτεῖν τινα λόγον περί τινος call someone to account for someth. 1 Pt 3:15 (cp. Pla., Pol. 285e; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 30; Apc4Esdr Fgm. b ἕκαστος ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔργου τὸν λόγον ἀπαιτηθήσεται; Just., A I, 17, 4. For another perspective s. d below.).—Of banking responsibility ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ (PStras 72, 10 [III A.D.] ὁ τῶν θεῶν λ.; PHerm 108 [III A.D.] λ. τοῦ Σαραπείου) in wordplay Ac 6:2 (w. τράπεζα q.v. 1c); s. also 1aβ.—Of a ledger heading (POxy 1333 [II/III A.D.] δὸς αὐτῳ λόγῳ θεωρικῶν=credit him under ‘festivals’; for others s. Preisig., Wörterbuch s.v. λ. 14; s. also Fachwörter 119) Ro 9:6 (the point is that God’s ‘list’ of Israelites is accurate; on ἐκπίπτω in the sense ‘is not deficient’ s. s.v. 4); vs. 9 (the ‘count’ is subsumed by metonymy in divine promise); Gal 5:14 (all moral obligations come under one ‘entry’: ‘you shall love your neighbor as yourself’; for commercial association of ἀναλίσκω vs. 15, which rounds out the wordplay, s. s.v.). The contexts of these three passages suggest strong probability for commercial associations; for another view s. 1aβ.
    ⓑ settlement (of an account) (εἰς λόγον commercial t.t. ‘in settlement of an account’ POxy 275, 19; 21) εἰς λόγον δόσεως κ. λήμψεως in settlement of a mutual account (lit., ‘of giving and receiving’, ‘of debit and credit’) Phil 4:15 (cp. Plut., Mor. 11b λόγον δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν; a parallel formulation POxy 1134,10 [421 A.D.] λ. λήμματος καὶ ἐξοδιασμοῦ=ledger of income and expenditures); for the linked accounting terms δόσις and λήμψις s. PCairMasp 151, 208 [VI A.D.]. The same ideas are in the background of εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν credited to your account vs 17.—συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts (BGU 775, 18f. The mid. in the same mng. PFay109, 6 [I A.D.]; POxy 113, 27f.—Dssm., LO 94 [LAE 118f]) μετά τινος Mt 18:23; 25:19.
    ⓒ reflection, respect, regard εἰς λόγον τινός with regard to, for the sake of (Thu. 3, 46, 4; Demosth. 19, 142 εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον; Polyb. 11, 28, 8; Ath. 31, 1; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 743 D.: εἰς δεινότητος λ.) εἰς λ. τιμῆς IPhld 11:2. εἰς λ. θεοῦ ISm 10:1.
    ⓓ reason for or cause of someth., reason, ground, motive (Just., D. 94, 3 δότε μοι λόγον, ὅτου χάριν … ; Ath. 30, 3 τὶς γὰρ … λόγος; Dio Chrys. 64 [14], 18 ἐκ τούτου τ. λόγου; Appian, Hann. 29 §126 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 155) τίνι λόγω; for what reason? Ac 10:29 (cp. Pla., Gorg. 512c τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; Appian, Mithrid. 57 §232 τίνι λόγῳ;). λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 Pt 3:15 (but s. a above); κατὰ λόγον Ac 18:14 (s. κατά B 5bβ). παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (though 1aε is also poss.).
    ⓔ πρὸς ὸ̔ν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος (ἐστίν) with whom we have to do (i.e. to reckon) (Dio Chrys. 31, 123; other exx. in FBleek, Hb II/1, 1836, 590ff), in his capacity as judge (Libanius, Legat. Ulixis [=Declamatio IV] 2 F. τοῖς δὲ ἀδίκως ἀποκτενοῦσι καὶ πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ὁ λόγος γίγνεται) Hb 4:13. οὐ πρὸς σάρκα ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεόν he has to do not with flesh, but with God IMg 3:2.
    ⓕ In Col 2:23 (s. 1aβ) λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας may= make a case for wisdom (cp. λόγος ἡμῖν οὐδείς Plut., Mor. 870b).
    ③ the independent personified expression of God, the Logos. Our lit. shows traces of a way of thinking that was widespread in contemporary syncretism, as well as in Jewish wisdom lit. and Philo, the most prominent feature of which is the concept of the Logos, the independent, personified ‘Word’ (of God): GJs 11:2 (word of the angel to Mary) συνλήμψῃ ἐκ Λόγου αὐτοῦ (sc. τοῦ πάντων Δεσπότου). J 1:1abc, 14 (cp. Just., A I, 23, 2; Mel., P. 9, 61 and oft. by all apolog., exc.. Ar.). It is the distinctive teaching of the Fourth Gospel that this divine ‘Word’ took on human form in a historical person, that is, in Jesus (s. RSeeberg, Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 263–81.—Λόγος w. ζωή in gnostic speculation: Iren.1, 1, 1 [Harv. 1, 10, 4]; Aelian, VH 4, 20 ἐκάλουν τὸν Πρωταγόραν Λόγον. Similarly Favorinus [II A.D.]: Vorsokr. 80 A 1 ln. 22 [in Diog. L. 9, 50] of Democritus: ἐκαλεῖτο Σοφία. Equating a divinity with an abstraction that she personifies: Artem. 5, 18 φρόνησις εἶναι νομίζεται ἡ θεός [Athena]). Cp. 1J 1:1; Rv 19:13. εἷς θεός ἐστιν, ὁ φανερώσας ἑαυτὸν διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτοῦ λόγος, ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών there is one God, who has revealed himself through Jesus Christ his Son, who is his ‘Word’ proceeding from silence (i.e., without an oral pronouncement: in a transcendent manner) IMg 8:2 (s. σιγή). The Lord as νόμος κ. λόγος PtK 1. Cp. Dg 11:2, 3, 7, 8; 12:9.—HClavier, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 81–93: the Alexandrian eternal λόγος is also implied in Hb 4:12; 13:7.—S. also the ‘Comma Johanneum’ (to the bibliography in RGG3 I, ’54 [HGreeven] add AJülicher, GGA 1905, 930–35; AvHarnack, SBBerlAk 1915, 572f [=Studien I ’31, 151f]; MMeinertz, Einl. in d. NT4 ’33, 309–11; AGreiff, TQ 114, ’33, 465–80; CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46; WThiele, ZNW 50, ’59, 61–73) ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 1J 5:7 v.l. (s. N. app.; Borger, TRu 52, ’87, 57f). (Such interpolations were not unheard of. According to Diog. L. 1, 48 some people maintain that Solon inserted the verse mentioning the Athenians after Il. 2, 557.—τῆς τριάδος, τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ Theoph. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 19].)—On the Logos: EZeller, D. Philosophie der Griechen III 24 1903, 417–34; MHeinze, D. Lehre v. Logos in d. griech. Philosophie 1872; PWendland, Philo u. d. kynisch-stoische Diatribe (Beiträge z. Gesch. der griech. Philosophie u. Religion by Wendl. and OKern 1895, 1–75); AAall, Gesch. d. Logosidee 1896, 1899; MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48f, I 482; 490 (index); LDürr, D. Wertung des göttl. Wortes im AT u. im ant. Orient ’38 (§9 of the Joh. Logos); EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1907, 83–111; (2 ’25); JLebreton, Les théories du Logos au début de l’ère chrétienne 1907; ESchwartz, NGG 1908, 537–56; GVos, The Range of the Logos-Title in the Prologue of the Fourth Gospel: PTR 11, 1913, 365–419; 557–602; RHarris, The Origin of the Prologue to St. John’s Gospel 1917, Athena, Sophia and the Logos: BJRL 7, 1, 1922 p. 56–72; M-JLagrange, Vers le Logos de S. Jean: RB 32, 1923, 161–84, Le Logos de Philon: ibid. 321–71; HLeisegang, Logos: Pauly-W. XIII 1926, 1035–81; TGlasson, Heraclitus’ Alleged Logos Doctr., JTS 3, ’52, 231–38.—NWeinstein, Z. Genesis d. Agada 1901, 29–90; Billerb. II 302–33.—Rtzst., Zwei religionsgeschichtl. Fragen 1901, 47–132, Mysterienrel.3 1927, 428 index; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 304ff; 316f; JKroll, D. Lehren d. Hermes Trismegistos1914, 418 index.—RBultmann, D. religionsgesch. Hintergrund des Prol. z. Joh.: HGunkel Festschr., 1923, II 1–26, Comm. ’41, 5ff; AAlexander, The Johannine Doctrine of the Logos: ET 36, 1925, 394–99; 467–72; (Rtzst. and) HSchaeder, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, 306–37; 350; GAvdBerghvanEysinga, In den beginne was de Logos: NThT 23, ’34, 105–23; JDillersberger, Das Wort von Logos ’35; RBury, The 4th Gosp. and the Logos-Doctrine ’40; EMay, CBQ 8, ’46, 438–47; GKnight, From Moses to Paul ’49, 120–29. TW IV 76–89; 126–40 (on this s. SLyonnet, Biblica 26, ’45, 126–31); CStange, ZST 21, ’50, 120–41; MBoismard, Le Prologue de St. Jean ’53; HLangkammer, BZ 9, ’65, 91–94; HRinggren, Word and Wisdom [hypostatization in Near East] ’47; WEltester, Haenchen Festschr., ’64, 109–34; HWeiss, Untersuchungen zur Kosmologie etc., TU 97, ’66, 216–82; MRissi, Die Logoslieder im Prolog des vierten Evangeliums, TZ 31, ’75, 321–36; HLausberg, NAWG, Ph. ’87, 1 pp. 1–7.—B. 1262. DELG s.v. λέγω B 1. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λόγος

  • 2 τε

    τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (v. infr. A, B).
    A as a Conjunction,
    I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second,

    ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544

    ;

    ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε Hes.Op. 669

    ;

    δίψῃ τε λιμῷ τε A.Pers. 491

    , cf. S.Aj.34,35, Ar.Ach. 370, 375;

    τήν τε νῆσον τήν τε ἤπειρον Th.4.8

    , cf. Antipho 2.3.3, Pl. R. 373b;

    λυσόμενός τε θύγατρα, φέρων τ' ἀπερείσι' ἄποινα Il.1.13

    ; παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν Φοίβῳ θ' ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ib. 443; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usu. short in Hom., longer in later Gr., e.g.

    ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται IG12.103.7

    ;

    ἥ τε γὰρ γῆ.. εὔυδρός ἐστι, ποταμοί τε δι' αὐτῆς ῥέουσι Hdt.4.47

    ; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Th.4.92, cf. Pl.R. 474c, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Is.1.50; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ' ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ' ἀδικήσαντες κατ' ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen. Tact.16.8, cf. Gp.2.49.1, 12.3.2-3;

    τούτου γὰρ γενομένου.. τά τε ἐχφόρια Χρυσέρμῳ δυνήσομαι ἀποδοῦναι, ἐγώ τε ἔσομαι παρὰ σοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τετευχώς PEnteux.60.11

     (iii B.C.);

    κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Gal.16.494

    , cf. 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (qq.v.); τε may be used three or more times,

    ἔν τ' ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ' ἔφατ' ἔκ τ' ὀνόμαζεν Od.15.530

    , cf. Il.1.177, 2.58, A.Pr. 89sq., B.17.19sq., Lys. 19.17, X.Cyr.3.3.36:— ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε prob. means the eleventh or twelfth, Od.2.374, 4.588:—sts. τε.. τε couples alternatives,

    ἀπόρως εἶχε δοῦναί τε μὴ δοῦναί τε E.IA56

    , cf. Heracl. 153, El. 391; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Pl.Tht. 143c, Ion 535d; on ἢ (or ἦ) .. τε in Il.2.289 and A.Eu. 524 (lyr.) v. ἦ 1.3.
    2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, as

    ἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Th.2.22

    ; but οὔτε.. τε is more freq., as

    οὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε X.Cyr.2.3.6

     (v.

    οὔτε 11.4

    ); we also find οὐ.. τε.. , as

    οὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Th.1.67

    ; and μὴ.. τε.. , as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Pl.Phd. 95e.
    3 τε ( both) sts. corresponds to a following δέ ( and), or τε ( and) to a preceding μέν, e.g.
    a τε.. δὲ.. , as

    κόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Il.5.359

    , cf. 7.418, S.OC 367, Tr. 285, E.Ph. 1625;

    ἐσθὰς ἀμφότερόν νιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε.. ἐπιχώριος.., ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο Pi.P.4.80

    ;

    διήκουέ τε.., ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐπῄνεσε X.Cyr.4.4.3

    ; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Th.1.25, Pl.Smp. 186e:—so τε.., ἀτὰρ οὖν καὶ.., Id.Hp.Ma. 295e.
    b

    μὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Il.19.291

    -3, cf. Od.22.475-6, Pi.O.6.88, 7.88, A.Th. 924, Ch. 585 (lyr.), S.Ant. 963 (lyr.), E.Heracl. 337 codd., Cyc.41 (lyr.), Ar.Nu. 563(lyr.), Pl.Phdr. 266c, Lg. 927b: v. μέν A. 11.6c.
    4 a single τε ( and) joins a word, phrase, or (esp. later) clause or sentence to what precedes,

    τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Pl.Ti. 69a

    ; θνητὰ ἀθάνατά τε ib.c;

    Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476

    ;

    κύνεσσιν οἰωνοῖσί τε πᾶσι 1.5

    ; ῥίγησέν τ' ἂρ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων v.l. for δ' ἂρ in 11.254; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Th.2.51; τά τε ἱερὰ.. νεκρῶν πλέα ἦν.. ib.52; νόμοι τε πάντες ξυνεταράχθησαν ibid.;

    δάκνει σ' ἀδελφὸς ὅ τε θανὼν ἴσως πατήρ E.El. 242

    , cf. 253, 262, al.;

    εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Aen.Tact.3.5

    ; τῶν τε ἀρχόντων.. ib.6, cf. 10.8, al.;

    ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Archim.Spir.11

     Def.7;

    πρός τε τούτοις φησὶν.. PEnteux.63.18

     (iii B.C.);

    χωρίς τε τούτων Plb.2.56.13

    , 61.1, 3.17.7;

    ταῦτά τ' ἐγίνετο.. Id.2.43.6

    , cf. 3.70.4;

    ἀπαιτούμενός τε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ τὰ ἔρια οὐκ ἀποδίδωσί PEnteux.2.6

    , cf. 8.4, al. (iii B.C.); γράψαι Ἀγαθοκλεῖ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ διασαφῆσαί τε αὐτῷ ib.81.21 (iii B.C.);

    καθόλου τε.. Arr.Epict.1.19.13

    , cf. 2.2.17;

    ἀταράχους τήν τε δύναμιν ἀκαθαιρέτους Sor.1.21

    , cf. 24, al.;

    ὄξει βαφικῷ στυπτηρίᾳ τε PHolm. 1.4

    , cf. Gem.16.6;

    χρὴ.. λαχάνων ἅπτεσθαι, κοιλίαν τε λύειν Gp.1.12.19

    , cf. 2.2.2, al.; this τε may be used any number of times, Od.4.149- 150, 14.75, 158-9, Men.Pk.15,16,20, Hipparch.1.9.8, Act.Ap.2.43,46, 4.13, 14, al.
    II τε.. καὶ.. , or τε καὶ.. , both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usu. need not be translated, e.g.

    Ἀτρείδης τε ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν καὶ δῖος Ἀχιλλεύς Il.1.7

    ; εἰ δὴ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ καὶ λοιμὸς Ἀχαιούς ib.61; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην ib. 293;

    ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα 7.308

    , cf. 327, 338, al.;

    τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Hdt.4.47

    ;

    βούλεταί τε καὶ ἐπίσταται Th.2.35

    ;

    ὁ φύς τε καὶ τραφείς Pl.R. 396c

    ;

    βάσιν τε γὰρ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσι τὴν ΖΒ καὶ.. Euc.1.47

    ; sts. the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined,

    κάκιστος νῦν τε καὶ πάλαι δοκεῖ S.Ant. 181

    ;

    μεσαμβρίη τέ ἐστι καὶ τὸ κάρτα γίνεται ψυχρόν Hdt.4.181

    ;

    ἔτυχόν τε ὕσταται ἐξαναχθεῖσαι καί κως κατεῖδον Id.7.194

    ; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτο ib. 193;

    ταὐτὰ.. νῦν τε καὶ τότε Ar.Av. 24

    ;

    χωρὶς τό τ' εἰπεῖν πολλὰ καὶ τὰ καίρια S.OC 808

    ;

    ὅσον τό τ' ἄρχειν καὶ τὸ δουλεύειν δίχα A.Pr. 927

    ; sts. (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives,

    διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Il.8.168

    ;

    ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν Pi.O.2.16

    ;

    θεοῦ τε.. θέλοντος καὶ μὴ θέλοντος A.Th. 427

    ;

    πείσας τε.. καὶ μὴ τυχών Th.3.42

    :—on οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ.. , e.g.

    τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις Isoc.12.249

    , and ἄλλως τε καὶ.. , v. ἄλλος 11.6,

    ἄλλως 1.3

    .
    2 in this sense τ' ἠδέ is only [dialect] Ep.,

    σκῆπτρόν τ' ἠδὲ θέμιστας Il.9.99

    , cf. 1.400, al.; also

    τε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον 6.469

    , cf. 8.162.
    3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.., is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ' E.Alc. 646.
    b καὶ.. τε perh. means and.. also in

    καὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Th.1.9

    ;

    καὶ πρός τε τοὺς Ῥηγίνους Id.6.44

    ;

    καὶ αὐτός τε Id.8.68

    ; v. infr. c. 10.
    4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sts. join elements which are not syntactically parallel, esp. a part. and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ' ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Il.3.80;

    ἄλλα τε ἐπιφραζόμενος καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐπεπόμφεε Hdt.1.85

    ;

    ἀλλῳ τε τρόπῳ πειράζοντες καὶ μηχανὴν προσήγαγον Th.4.100

    ;

    τῆς τε ὥρας.. ταύτης οὔσης.., καὶ τὸ χωρίον.. χαλεπὸν ἦν Id.7.47

    , cf. 4.85, 8.81, 95.
    5 the copulative τε becomes rare in later Gr.; it is found about 340 times in LXX, mostly in the Pentateuch and 1-4 Ma., only 3 times in Ps.; in the NT it is found about 150 times in Act.Ap., 20 times in Ep.Hebr., and very rarely in the other books.
    B In [dialect] Ep. (more rarely in other dactylic verse, v. infr. 11) τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are freq. made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (cf. τοι and τε in Od.2.276-7, and cf. Il.13.115 with 15.203); although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (v. infr.) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands:

    αἶψά τε φυλόπιδος πέλεται κόρος ἀνθρώποισιν Il.19.221

    ;

    οὐ γάρ τ' αἶψα θεῶν τρέπεται νόος αἰὲν ἐόντων Od.3.147

    ;

    θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα ἴσασιν 4.379

    , cf. 5.79, 447, 10.306, 17.485, Il.9.497, 16.688, 17.176, 21.264;

    ξυνὸς Ἐνυάλιος καί τε κτανέοντα κατέκτα 18.309

    , cf. Od.11.537, Il.24.526;

    ἤ τ' ἔβλητ' ἤ τ' ἔβαλ' ἄλλον 11.410

    ;

    οὐ μὲν γάρ τε κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392

    ;

    οἳ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν.. ἄλλοτε δὲ.. Il.21.464

    ;

    ἄλλος γάρ τ' ἄλλοισιν ἀνὴρ ἐπιτέρπεται ἔργοις Od.14.228

    , cf. 8.169, 170, 15.400; τοῦ γάρ τε ξεῖνος μιμνήσκεται ἤματα πάντα, ἀνδρὸς ξεινοδόκου, ὅς κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ ib.54, cf. 17.322;

    ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Il.17.32

    ;

    παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Hes.Op. 218

    ;

    αἰεὶ γάρ τε νεώτεροι ἀφραδέουσιν Od. 7.294

    ; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ' εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ' ἀνθρώπων ib. 307;

    τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκοντ' ἄνθρωποι, καί τε πολέας ἐσάωσε Il.13.733

    -4; τοῦ μὲν γάρ τε κακοῦ τρέπεται χρὼς ἄλλυδις ἄλλῃ, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη στέρνοισι πατάσσει.., πάταγος δέ τε γίγνετ' ὀδόντων ib. 279-83;

    ὀλίγη δέ τ' ἀνάπνευσις πολέμοιο 18.201

    ;

    νέῳ δέ τε πάντ' ἐπέοικεν.. κεῖσθαι 22.71

    ;

    κατέλεξεν ἅπαντα κήδε' ὅσ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλει, τῶν ἄστυ ἁλώῃ· ἄνδρας μὲν κτείνουσι, πόλιν δέ τε πῦρ ἀμαθύνει, τέκνα δέ τ' ἄλλοι ἄγουσι, βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας 9.592

    -4, cf. 22.492, 495, 499;

    νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ' ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ' ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ' Od.19.265

    ;

    σχέτλιε, καὶ μέν τίς τε χερείονι πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ.., αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι 20.45

    , cf. 23.118, Il.2.292, 9.632; νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου· καὶ γάρ τ' ἠΰκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου κτλ. 24.602 (where a general inference is implied);

    ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων' 1.403

    , cf. 2.814, 5.306, 10.258, 14.290; sts. of repeated action by particular persons,

    ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Od.4.102

    ;

    οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα Διὶ φίλον, ᾧ τε σύ, Κάλχαν, εὐχόμενος.. θεοπροπίας ἀναφαίνεις Il.1.86

    ; ἡ δὲ.. μ' αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν ib. 521;

    μήτηρ γάρ τέ μέ φησι θεά, Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα, διχθαδίας κῆρας φερέμεν θανάτοιο τέλοσδε 9.410

    .
    2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g.

    Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ' ἔκλυες ᾧ κ' ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ' ἴθι.. Il.24.334

    ;

    Ἀτρεΐδη, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε λαὸς Ἀχαιῶν πείσονται μύθοισι.., νῦν δ' ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον.. 23.156

    ;

    δεῦρο δὴ ὄρσο, γρηῢ.., ἥ τε γυναικῶν δμῳάων σκοπός ἐσσι.., ἔρχεο Od. 22.395

    , cf. Il.17.249.
    3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, freq. containing the subj. or opt.), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε:
    a the principal clause alone contains τε

    , ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218

    ;

    ὃς δ' ἂν ἀμύμων αὐτὸς ἔῃ καὶ ἀμύμονα εἰδῇ, τοῦ μέν τε κλέος εὐρὺ διὰ ξεῖνοι φορέουσι πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον Od.19.333

    ;

    εἴ περ γὰρ θυμῷ γε μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν, ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται.., βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ' ἰόντι Il.19.165

    -6;

    ᾧ μέν κ' ἀμμείξας δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, ἄλλοτε μέν τε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται ἄλλοτε δ' ἐσθλῷ 24.530

    .
    b the subordinate clause alone contains τε

    , λάζετο δ' ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη 5.747

    ;

    ῥεῖα δ' ἀρίγνωτος γόνος ἀνέρος ᾧ τε Κρονίων ὄλβον ἐπικλώση Od.4.207

    ;

    ἀντί νυ πολλῶν λαῶν ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ὅν τε Ζεὺς κῆρι φιλήσῃ Il.9.117

    , cf. 7.298, Od.6.287, 7.74, 8.547, 18.276; with opt.,

    ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρώτιστος.. ἕλεσκον ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ὅ τέ μοι εἴξειε πόδεσσι 14.221

    : it is prob. that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Hom. in Il.1.218, 9.510 (cf. 508), and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses.
    c both clauses contain τε

    , ὃς μέν τ' αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ' ὤνησαν καί τ' ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Il.9.508

    -9;

    εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον γε καὶ αὐτῆμαρ καταπέψῃ, ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον 1.82

    -3.
    4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies,

    ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα τ' Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ'.. δωσέμεν Il.22.115

    ;

    πάντων ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει τε καὶ ἕρπει 17.447

    , cf. Od.18.131, Il.19.105;

    βάλλειν ἄγρια πάντα τά τε τρέφει οὔρεσιν ὕλη 5.52

    , cf. 18.485.
    5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Il.22.160;

    ἔργ' ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, τά τε κλείουσιν ἀοιδοί Od.1.338

    , cf. 3.435, 4.85, 13.410, 14.226, 17.423, Il.5.332;

    κύματος ἐξαναδύς, τά τ' ἐρεύγεται ἤπειρόνδε Od.5.438

    ;

    μολπή τ' ὀρχηστύς τε, τὰ γάρ τ' ἀναθήματα δαιτός 1.152

    : similarly in clauses with

    οἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη 5.422

    ;

    οὐ γάρ σ' οὐδέ.. δαήμονι φωτὶ ἐΐσκω ἄθλων, οἷά τε πολλὰ μετ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλονται 8.160

    , cf. 11.364, 14.63, 15.324, 379.
    6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ' εὐλείμων αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Od.4.608;

    ἡμίονον.. ἥ τ' ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι Il.23.655

    ;

    ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν γαμβρὸς ἢ πενθερός, οἵ τε μάλιστα κήδιστοι τελέθουσι Od.8.582

    ;

    αἰετοῦ οἴματ' ἔχων.. ὅς θ' ἅμα κάρτιστός τε καὶ ὤκιστος πετεηνῶν Il.21.252

    , cf. 24.294;

    οὐδέ μιν εἰσοιχνεῦσι κυνηγέται, οἵ τε καθ' ὕλην ἄλγεα πάσχουσιν Od.9.120

    ;

    δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται Il.1.238

    , cf. Od.5.67, 101, Il.1.279, 19.31, 24.415;

    οἶνός σε τρώει.., ὅς τε καὶ ἄλλους βλάπτει Od.21.293

    , cf. 14.464;

    πάρφασις, ἥ τ' ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων Il.14.217

    ;

    οἰκωφελίη, ἥ τε τρέφει ἀγλαὰ τέκνα Od.14.223

    .
    7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent,

    Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ' ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Il.19.259

    ;

    Σειρῆνας.., αἵ ῥά τε πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλγουσιν Od.12.39

    ;

    Φαίηκές μ' ἄγαγον ναυσίκλυτοι, οἵ τε καὶ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους πέμπουσιν 16.227

    , cf. 20.187;

    νυμφάων αἵ τ' ἄλσεα καλὰ νέμονται καὶ πηγὰς ποταμῶν Il.20.8

    ;

    Λωτοφάγων, οἵ τ' ἄνθινον εἶδαρ ἔδουσι Od.9.84

    : similarly when the antecedent is an individual person (incl. god) or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects,

    οὐ μὰ Ζῆν' ὅς τίς τε θεῶν ὕπατος καὶ ἄριστος Il.23.43

    , cf. 2.669, Od.5.4;

    Ἑρμείαο ἕκητι διακτόρου, ὅς ῥά τε πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει 15.319

    ;

    Λάμπον καὶ Φαέθονθ', οἵ τ' Ἠῶ πῶλοι ἄγουσι 23.246

    ;

    Τειρεσίαο μάντιος ἀλαοῦ, τοῦ τε φρένες ἔμπεδοί εἰσι 10.493

    ;

    τεύχεα δύνεις ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, τόν τε τρομέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.17.203

    , cf. 7.112; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ' (v.l. ὃν)

    ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας 5.467

    ; the relative clause sts. indicates what is customary,

    οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ' ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ' Ἀχαιοῖς 23.649

    ;

    ἔνθα δ' ἀνὴρ ἐνίαυε πελώριος, ὅς ῥά τε μῆλα οἶος ποιμαίνεσκε Od.9.187

    ;

    τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός, ὅς τέ μοι ὕπνον ἀπεχθαίρει καὶ ἐδωδὴν μνωομένῳ 4.105

    ;

    σῆς ἀλόχου.. ἥ τέ τοι αὔτως ἧσται ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν 13.336

    ;

    καὶ κήρυκα Μέδοντα σαώσομεν, ὅς τέ μευ αἰεὶ.. κηδέσκετο 22.357

    , cf. 346.
    8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g.

    Λιβύην, ἵνα τ' ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Od.4.85

    ;

    ἔνθα δέ τ' ὄρνιθες τανυσίπτεροι εὐνάζοντο 5.65

    , cf. 9.124, 13.99, 100, 107, 109, 244; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (sc. Σκύλλῃ)

    δειραὶ περιμήκεες 12.90

    , cf. 93,99, 105; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Il.5.741; χαλεπὸν δέ τ' ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (sc. μῶλυ) Od. 10.305;

    δοιαὶ γάρ τε πύλαι ἀμενηνῶν εἰσὶν ὀνείρων 19.562

    ; sts. τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature,

    ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει 21.142

    ;

    ἦ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες εἰρύατ' εὔπρυμνοι Il.4.247

    , cf. Od. 6.266;

    ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι τ' ἀρδμὸς ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν Il.18.521

    , cf. Od.14.353.
    9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it,

    κατ' ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Il.5.305

    , cf. 8.83, 13.547, 16.481, 20.478; similarly a point of time is defined,

    ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ' ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Od.18.367

    .
    10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life,

    γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ' εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Il.15.358

    ;

    τοῦ δ' ἤτοι κλέος ἔσται ὅσον τ' ἐπικίδναται ἠώς 7.451

    ;

    ὅτε τόσσον ἀπῆν ὅσσον τε γέγωνε βοήσας Od.9.473

    , cf. 3.321, al.; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ' ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδεν (s.v.l.) 17.358;

    ἥ τις δὴ τέτληκε τόσα φρεσίν, ὅσσα τ' ἐγώ περ 19.347

    .
    11 the freq. use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the foregoing heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Il.2.456, 459, 463, 468, 470, 471, 474, 481, 3.23-5,33, 11.415-7, al.; or when universal characteristics of gods, men, animals, etc., are indicated by relative clauses introduced by ὅς τε, ὅς ῥά τε, etc., 3.61, 151, 198, al.; or by ὥς τε, ἠΰτε, ὥς τίς τε, etc., e.g. 5.136, 17.133, Od.4.535,

    ὡς εἴ τε 9.314

    , 14.254, etc.
    II in post-Hom. Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of [dialect] Ep. and other early dactylic verse (Hes.Op.30, 214, 233, al., Xenoph.13.3, Thgn.148, 359, etc.) it is not found except with relatives, and with these it has scarcely any discernible sense, so that ὅς τε in Lyr. and Trag. is for the most part only = ὅς, e.g. (possibly generalizing)

    Μοῖρ', ἅ τε πατρώϊον τῶνδ' ἔχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον Pi.O.2.35

    , cf. 14.2, A.Eu. 1024, E.Hec. 445 (lyr.), etc. (v. ὅστε); without generalizing force, Pi.N.9.9, A.Pers. 297, Ch. 615, etc.; Hdt. has

    τά πέρ τε 1.74

    ,

    ὅκως τε 2.108

     codd., ὅσον τε (without a verb, as in Od.9.325, al.) 1.126, 2.96, 3.5, al.,

    οἷά τε 1.93

     codd. (adverbially 2.175, 5.11): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. even these uses disappear and we find only a few phrases, as ἅτε, ὥστε, ἐφ' ᾧτε, οἷός τε; in later Gr. we find exceptionally

    ἔνθεν τε Hp.Ep.17

    ;

    ἀφ' οὗ τε UPZ62.8

     (ii B.C.);

    ἀπ' οὗ τε PCair.Zen.291.3

     (iii B.C.);

    οἵ τε GDI215.23

     (Erythrae, ii B.C.); ἥ τ' PMag.Par.1.2962;

    ὅσον τε ὀκτὼ στάδια Paus.6.26.1

    ; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which)

    ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Id.9.31.5

    ;

    οἷόν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κύων φωνῆς θεωροῦμεν S.E.M.11.28

    .
    C in Hom. τε is also (but less freq.) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following:
    1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats,

    σχέτλιος, ἦ τ' ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Il.18.13

    ;

    ἐξ αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον· ἦ τέ τοι ἄγχι ἦλθε κακόν 11.362

    ; ἦ τε is similarly used in 11.391, 17.171, 236, Od.24.28, 311, al.; ἦ τ' ἄν in Il.12.69, al.; γάρ τε (s. v.l.) in

    οὐ γάρ τ' οἶδα 6.367

    , cf. Od.10.190; νύ τε in 1.60, 347 (but τ' more prob. = τοι, v. σύ) ; δέ τε in

    ἀγορῇ δέ τ' ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.18.106

    ;

    σὲ δέ τ' ἐνθάδε γῦπες ἔδονται 16.836

    ; μέν τε in

    σφὼ μέν τε σαώσετε λαὸν Ἀχαιῶν 13.47

    , cf. 4.341; εἴ πέρ τε in

    οὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ' εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ' ἔχῃσιν Od.1.204

    , cf. 188, Il.12.223, 245.
    2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions,

    σίγα, μή τίς τ' ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Il.14.90

    , cf. Od.19.486;

    ὣς ἄγαγ' ὡς μήτ' ἄρ τις ἴδῃ μήτ' ἄρ τε νοήσῃ Il.24.337

    ; τούσδε τ' (v.l. δ')

    ἐᾶν 16.96

     (nisi leg. τούσδ' ἔτ')

    ; δὸς δέ τέ μ' ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν 5.118

    ; μηδέ τ' ἐρώει (nisi leg. μηδ' ἔτ') 2.179, 22.185.
    3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him,

    ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ'.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Il.18.55

    ;

    σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, ζηλήμονες ἔξοχον ἄλλων, οἵ τε θεαῖς ἀγάασθε.. ἤν τίς τε.. Od.5.119

    , 120, cf. 21.87, Il.15.468, 17.174; ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ μαχόμεσθ', οἵ πέρ τ' ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who ( mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, 5.477; τρεῖς γάρ τ' ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power), 15.187;

    ποῖόν δε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων δεινόν τ' ἀργαλέον τε· νεμεσσῶμαι δέ τ' ἀκούων Od.21.169

    ;

    οὐ μήν οἱ τό γε κάλλιον οὐδέ τ' ἄμεινον Il.24.52

    .
    4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference,

    κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Od.17.270

    ; ὥς (= so)

    τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα 1.227

    ;

    τοὺς μέν τ' ἰητροὶ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφιπένονται.. σὺ δ' ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, Ἀχιλλεῦ Il.16.28

    ; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο dub. l. in 22.166;

    εὗρε δ' ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δέ τ' ἄλλαι εἵαθ' ὁμηγερέες ἅλιαι θεαί 24.83

     (s.v.l.);

    ἐν δέ τε φάρμακον ἧκε Od.10.317

    ;

    νῶϊ δέ τ' ἄψορροι κίομεν Il.21.456

    ;

    πολλὰς γὰρ δὴ νύκτας.. ἄεσα καί τ' ἀνέμεινα.. Ἠῶ Od.19.342

    ;

    δέελον δ' ἐπὶ σῆμά τ' ἔθηκε Il.10.466

    ;

    ἐν δέ τε οἶνον κρητῆρσιν κερόωντο Od.20.252

    ; so with οὐδέ τ' (nisi leg. οὐδ' ἔτ')

    , τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ' ἔδησαν Il.1.406

    ;

    οὐδέ τ' ἔληγε μέγας θεός, ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτόν 21.248

    ;

    οὐδέ τ' ἄειρε 23.730

    ;

    οὐδέ τ' ἔασεν 11.437

    , 21.596, cf. 15.709.
    5 ὅτε τε ( when) freq. introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ' ἐκρέμω ὑψόθεν; Il.15.18;

    ὅτε τε Κρόνον.. Ζεὺς γαίης νέρθε καθεῖσε 14.203

    ;

    ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τ' ἦλθον Ἀμαζόνες 3.189

     (but ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τε is general in 13.335; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνται in 4.259);

    ὅτε τ' ἤλυθε νόσφιν Ἀχαιῶν ἄγγελος ἐς Θήβας 5.803

    , cf. 10.286, 22.102, Od.7.323, 18.257.
    6 in ὅ τε ( that or because) the τε has no observable meaning,

    χωόμενος ὅ τ' ἄριστον Ἀχαιῶν οὐδὲν ἔτισας Il.1.244

    , cf. 412, 4.32, 6.126, Od.5.357, al.
    8 where τ' ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ' ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλον; Il.13.307, cf. 1.8, 18.188, al., ταρ (q.v.) should prob. be read, since ἄρ ([etym.] α) usu. precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perh. ταρα should be read for τ' ἄρα in Od.1.346.
    9 in

    ἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ' ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Il.9.276

    , it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is prob. = ἦ (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ' ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is dub. l. in 17.42; ἤ τ' = or is found in 19.148, = than in Od.16.216.
    10 Rarer and later uses;
    a also, esp. with

    ἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ' ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Od.5.29

    , cf. 17.273, Il.23.483;

    ἐπεὶ τά τε ἄλλα πράττουσιν καλῶς, ἀναθεῖναι αὐτοὺς καὶ στήλην IG22.1298.9

    , cf. Lycurg.100 (s.v.l.);

    ἐκομισάμην τὸ παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστόλιον, ἐν ᾧ ὑπέγραψάς μοι τήν τε παρὰ Ζήνωνος πρὸς Ἰεδδοῦν γεγραμμένην PCair.Zen.18.1

     (iii B.C.); εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (- σωσιν Pap.) PPetr.2p.10 (iii B.C.);

    τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια PTeb.27.74

     (ii B.C.); v. supr. A. 11.3b.
    b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word,

    εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Od.13.238

    , cf. 15.484.
    c τε γάρ rarely = καὶ γάρ or γάρ, Arist.APo. 75b41, de An. 405a4, PA 661b28, Pol. 1318b33, 1333a2; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, 2 Ep.Cor.10.8; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. Ep.Rom.7.7.
    D Position of τε:
    1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Il.6.317;

    ἡμέτεραί τ' ἄλοχοι καὶ νήπια τέκνα 2.136

    , cf. 4.505, 7.295;

    αἰεί τε δὴ νηλὴς οὺ καὶ θράσους πλέως A.Pr.42

     codd., cf. 291 (anap.);

    ἄνευ τε δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης Hdt.1.69

    ;

    ὑπέρ τε σοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς PEnteux.6.6

     (iii B.C.);

    τοῖς τε πόνοις καὶ μαθήμασι Pl.R. 537a

    , cf. Ti. 70b; hence in E.Or. 897 πόλεος must be taken with what precedes (Porson ad loc.): but article + noun, preposition + noun are freq. regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε

    , τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε A.Ch.41

     (lyr.);

    πρὸς βίαν τε Id.Pr. 210

    ; also the order is freq. determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows,

    πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544

    ;

    ἔξω δόμων τε καὶ πάτρας A.Pr. 665

    ; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ' ἄρα, τέ τις.
    2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (v. supr.), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ' ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ' ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε.
    E Etymology: signf. A is found also in Skt. ca, Lat. - que; for signfs. B and c cf. Skt. ca in yá[hudot ] káś ca 'whosoever (with following verb)', Lat. - que in quisque, ubique, plerique, usque, neque, nec (= non in necopinans, etc.), Goth. ni-h 'not' (also 'and not'), Lat. namque (= nam).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τε

  • 3 εἷς

    εἷς, μίᾰ, ἕν ( μίη only in late [dialect] Ion. Prose): gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός:—[dialect] Ep. [full] ἕεις Hes.Th. 145, AP7.341 (Procl.), cj.in Il.5.603:—[dialect] Dor. [full] ἧς Rhinth. 12, Tab.Heracl.1.136:—[dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., and [dialect] Ion. fem.
    A

    ἴᾰ Il.13.354

    , prob. in Hp.Morb.4.37; acc.

    ἴαν Alc.33.6

    (prob.), Sapph.69.1 (cf. μηδεΐα), Corinn.Supp.2.56, IG9(2).517.22(Thess.); gen.

    ἰῆς Il.16.173

    ,24.496; dat.

    ἰῇ 9.319

    , 11.174, etc.: neut. dat. ([etym.] ἰῷ κίον ἤματι) 6.422. (In Com. οὐδὲ (μηδὲ) εἷς, οὐδὲ (μηδὲ) ἕν, occur, mostly at the end of an iambic trimeter, without elision, Cratin.302,Ar.Ra. 927, Pl.37, 138,al.) (Orig. [full] ἕνς, assim. ἔν ([etym.] δ) prob. in Leg.Gort.9.50, from Εμς, I.-Eur. sem-(cf. ὁμός); μία from sm-ία; ἴα is not related to μία, but prob. to pronom. stem i-(Lat.is), cf.ἰός.)
    1 as a Numeral, εἷς κοίρανος ἔστω Il.2.204, etc.; strengthd., εἷς οἶος, μία οἴη, a single
    A one, one alone, 4.397, Od.7.65;

    μία μούνη 23.227

    ;

    εἷς μοῦνος Hdt.1.119

    , Ar.Pl. 1053, etc.;

    εἷς καὶ μόνος D.H.1.74

    ;

    εἷς ὤν S.OT 247

    , E.Ph. 894, etc.; opp.

    πολύς, μία τὰς πολλὰς ψυχὰς ὀλέσασα A.Ag. 1456

    , cf. 1465, Ch. 299, etc.
    c in oppos., made emphatic by the Art., ὁ εἷς, ἡ μία, Il.20.272, Od.20.110, Pl.Cri. 48a;

    τοῦ ἑνὸς οἱ δύο ἀγαθοὶ βελτίους Arist.Pol. 1287b13

    , cf. Theoc.6.22.
    d with a neg., εἷς οὐδείς no single man, Hdt.1.32;

    ἓν οὐδὲ ἓν ἴαμα Th.2.51

    ; οὐκ ἐν ἄλλῳ ἑνί γε χωρίῳ in no other single country, Id.1.80; οὐχ εἷς, i.e. more than one, A.Th. 103, E.Andr.96; εἷς οὐ.., εἷς μή.., emphatic for οὐδείς, μηδείς, Ar.Th. 549, X.An.5.6.12; more emphatic, οὐδὲ εἷς, μηδὲ εἷς, v. οὐδείς, μηδείς.
    e εἷς ἕκαστος each one, each by himself, Hdt. 1.123, Pl.Prt. 332c, etc.; αἴσθησις μία ἑνός (sc. γένους) one of each, Arist.Metaph. 1003b19: pl.,

    ἑκάτεροι ἕνες POxy.276.8

     (i A.D.).
    f with κατά, καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον each singly, piece by piece, Hdt.1.9, etc.; καθ' ἕν one by one, Pl.Sph. 217a, etc.; καθ' ἕν, τό, list, PEleph.20.7 (iii B.C.), etc.; καθ' ἕν' ἡμῶν ἕκαστον ἀποστερεῖν to deprive each of us singly, D.21.142, cf. Men.Epit. 164, 186; εἷς κατὰ εἷς one by one, Ev.Marc.14.19; but καθ' ἓν γίγνεσθαι, εἶναι, to be united, Th.8.46, X. HG5.2.16.
    g with other Preps.,

    ἓν ἀνθ' ἑνός

     above all,

    Pl.R. 331b

    , Phlb. 63c; but

    μίαν ἀντὶ μιᾶς

     alternately,

    PStrassb.25.13

    , etc.;

    ἐπὶ μίαν ἑκάστην ῥάβδον τιθέντες θεσπίζουσι

     one by one, separately,

    Hdt. 4.67

    ;

    ἐπὶ ἑνός Pl.Tht. 157a

    ;

    ἓν ἐφ' ἑνί Id.Sph. 229b

    , Lg. 758b: ἓν πρὸς ἕν, with or without συμβάλλειν, in comparisons, Hdt.4.50, Pl.Lg. 647b;

    πρὸς ἕν' εἷς D.21.131

    :

    παρ' ἕνα

     alternately,

    Luc.Salt.12

    ;

    εἰς ἓν συναγαγεῖν E.Or. 1640

    ;

    ἰσχὺς τοσαύτη εἰς ἓν ξυστᾶσα Th.6.85

    ;

    εἰς ἓν μοίρας συνέκυρσας E.Andr. 1172

    ;

    ἐς μίαν βουλεύειν Il.2.379

    ; in full,

    ἐς μίαν βουλήν Th.5.111

    ;

    εἰς μίαν νοεῖν Ael.NA5.9

    ;

    ἓν ἐξ ἑνὸς ἐπισεσώρευκεν Arr.Epict.1.10.5

    , cf. Luc.Asin.54; ἀπὸ μιᾶς with one accord, Ev.Luc.14.18;

    ὑφ' ἕν

     at once,

    S.E.M.10.124

    ; also

    ὑφ' ἓν θέσθαι τὸ ὂν τῷ μὴ ὄντι Plot.6.2.1

    ; cf. ὑφέν.
    h in compd. numerals, as an ordinal, τῷ ἑνὶ καὶ τριηκοστῷ [ἔτει] Hdt.5.89, cf.Th.8.109, etc.; so in [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG2.660.30, al,: later εἷς alone,=first, LXXGe.1.5; μιᾷ τοῦ μηνός ib.8.13.
    i μίαν μίαν, = κατὰ μίαν, S.Fr. 201;

    εἷς εἷς LXX 1 Ch.24.6

    .
    3 one, opp. another,

    ἓν μὲν..ἓν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1139a6

    , Pol. 1285b38, etc.;

    ὁ μὲν..εἷς δὲ..εἷς δ' αὖ.. Od.3.421

     sq., cf. Pl.R. 369d;

    εἷς μὲν..ἕτερος δὲ.. X.HG1.7.23

    .
    4 indefinitely, εἷς τις some one, S.OT 118, Pl.Grg. 471e, etc.;

    ἐξ ἑνός γέ του τρόπου Th.6.34

    ; rarely

    τις εἷς S.Ant. 269

    , Pl.Prm. 145d; εἷς γάρ τις ἦν ἕκαστος οὑξειργασμένος each single one was suspected, S.Ant. 262;

    εἷς ὁστισοῦν Arist.Pol. 1325b28

    ; εἷς ὁ πρῶτος, Germ. der erste beste, Is.8.33, D.1.9, cf. Luc. Herm.61: alone, like our indef. Art., a, an,

    Κάδμου θυγατέρων μιᾷ E.Ba. 917

    ; εἷς κάπηλος, στρατηγός, Ar.Av. 1292, Th.4.50;

    εἷς Ἀθηναίων D.21.87

    , cf. LXXGe.21.15, Ev.Matt.21.19, etc.; εἷς ἀπό.. LXX Le.6.3(22).
    6 Math., τὸ ἕν unity, opp.πλῆθος, Pythag.Fr.5, etc.: pl.,

    ἕνα

     units,

    Arist.Metaph. 1056b21

    ;

    ὁ ἀριθμός ἐστιν ἕνα πλείω Id.Ph. 207b7

    ;

    τῶν προτέρων ἑνῶν Dam.Pr. 460

    .
    7 Philos., ἕν, τό, unity, the One,

    ἐκ πάντων ἓν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς πάντα Heraclit.10

    , cf.Emp.17.1, etc.: later indecl.,

    ἓν εἶναι τοῦ ἓν παρουσίᾳ Plot.6.6.14

    , cf.5.5.5.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἷς

  • 4 κνάω

    A

    κνᾷ Plu.2.61d

    , but in correct [dialect] Att. κνῇ, inf. κνῆν (v. ἐπικνάω ) corrupted to κνεῖν Moer.p.234 P., Hsch., [dialect] Ion.

    κνᾶν Hdt.7.239

    : [tense] fut.

    κνήσω Hp.Coac. 460

     (prob. l.): [tense] aor.

    ἔκνησα Id.Int.23

    , Pl.Smp. 185c (prob.l.), Arist.Pr. 965a23, ( κατ-) Ar.V. 965; but κνᾶσαι· ὀλέσαι, λυπῆσαι, Hsch.; [ per.] 3sg. [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.

    ἐπι-κνῆ Il.11.639

    :—[voice] Med., inf.

    κνῆσθαι Pl.Grg. 494c

    , later

    κνᾶσθαι Plu.2.89e

    , etc.: [tense] fut.

    κνήσομαι Herod.4.51

    : [tense] aor.

    ἐκνησάμην Luc.

    Bis Acc.1, [dialect] Dor. ἐκνᾱς- Theoc.7.110:—[voice] Pass.,

    κνᾶται Gal.10.979

    : [tense] pf.

    κατα-κέκνησμαι Id.13.1022

    :—scrape, grate, ἐπὶ δ' αἴγειον κνῆ τυρόν Il.l.c., cf. Hp.Int. l.c.; τὸν κηρὸν κνᾶν to scrape it off, Hdt.l.c. (nisi leg. ἐκκν-), cf. Gal.13.1022:—[voice] Pass., prob. for κνισθεῖσα in Thphr.HP9.20.4.
    2 [voice] Med., itch, Id.10.437, 979.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κνάω

  • 5 μείγνυμι

    Grammatical information: v.
    Meaning: `mix, bring together, connect', midd. `mix with each other, convene in battle' (Il.).
    Other forms: (- μιγ-, s. below; posthom.), - ύω (X., Arist.), μίσγω (Hom., IA. usw.), ὀνεμείχνυτο (Sapph.), aor. μεῖξαι, midd. (ep.) μίκτο (σ- or root aor., Schwyzer 751, Chantraine Gramm. hom. 1, 383), pass. μιγῆναι with fut. - ήσομαι, μ(ε)ιχθῆναι with - ήσομαι, fut. μείξω, - ομαι, perf. midd. μέμ(ε)ιγμαι; act. (hell.) μέμιχα.
    Compounds: Very often with prefix, e.g συν-, ἐπι-, κατα-, ἀνα-. As 1. member in governing compp. μ(ε)ιξ(ο)-, e.g. μιξ-έλληνες pl. `mixed-, halfhellenes' (Hellanik., hell.), μ(ε)ιξό-θροος `mixing the crying, with mixed crys' (A.); also μισγ-, esp in μισγ-άγκεια f. `place, where clefts meet' (Δ 453), from *μισγ-αγκής, s. Schwyzer 442, Sommer Nominalkomp. 174 f., Chantraine Gramm. hom. 1, 15. As 2. member in παμ-, ἀνα-, συμ-μιγής etc. (IA.); from there μιγής (Nic-.; Schwyzer 426 a. 513), ἀνα-, ἐπι-μίξ adv. `mixed' (Il.).
    Derivatives: Few derivv. 1. ( σύμ-) μεῖξις (- ι-) `mixing etc.' (IA.; Holt Les noms d'action en - σις 100 A. 2); 2. μεῖγμα (- ί-) `mixing' (Emp., Anaxag., Arist.; μεῖχμ[α] Alc.); 3. ἐπιμ(ε)ιξία, - ίη `mixing, intercourse' (IA.); from ἐπίμ(ε)ικ-τος. 4. μιγάς, - άδος m. f. `mixed, together' (Att.). 5. Several adverbs: ( σύμ-)μίγα, μιγά-δην, - δις, μίγ-δα, - δην (ep. poet.). 6. μιγάζομαι `mix, unite' (θ 271: μίγα, μιγάς; Schwyzer 734).
    Origin: IE [Indo-European] [714] *meiǵ\/ḱ- `mix'.
    Etymology: Whether μίγνυμι, which is fequent in mss., is an original zero grade, is very doubtful. Prob. μείγνυμι, built after μεῖξαι, μείξω was early (Schwyzer 697 w. n. 5). Also for other, in principle zero grade forms ( μίξις, ( σύμ) - μικτος, μέμιγμαι) the full grade is often found, μεῖξις etc. For the media in μίσγω, if from *μίγ-σκ-ω (diff. Wackernagel KZ 33, 39 = Kl. Schr. 1, 718: from *μι-μσγ-ω to Lat. mergō etc.), μιγῆναι, μίγα all other languages have tenuis, IE *m(e)iḱ-: Skt. miś-rá- = Lith. mìš-ras `mixed', Balt., e.g. Lith. miešiù, miẽšti `mix', Slav. (caus.), e.g. OCS měšǫ, měšiti `mix'. An iranian maēz- (IE *meiǵ-) in the sense of `mix', adopted by Smith Lang. 4, 178ff. because of Y. 44, 20, does not exist, s. Humbach Münch. Stud. 2, 7, where de form is connected from maēz- `urinate'. A sḱ-present is also well represented in the West: Lat. misceō, OIr. mesc(a)id `mixes, dips in, confuses', Germ., e.g. OHG miscan, NHG mischen (if not Lat. LW [loanword]). The νυ-present however is limited to Greek (so prob. innovation). The nasalinfixed GAv. minaš-, mostly rendered as `you shall mix' (pres. myāsa-), is by Humbach l.c. also derived from maēz- `urinate'. Indian has a reduplicated s-formation in mí-mikṣ-ati `mix' (prob. prop. desiderative), with perf. mimikṣé, caus. mekṣayati. On themselves stand the full grade forms Skt. pres. myakṣati = Av. myāsa-; on the root analysis s. Kuiper Nasalpräs. 123. Also the aorist μεῖξαι is isolated as well as μιγῆναι and the other forms with γ, which is prob. due to assimilation. -- Details in WP. 2, 244f., Pok.714, W. -Hofmann and Ernout-Meillet s. misceō, Fraenkel s. miẽšti, Vasmer s. mesítь.
    Page in Frisk: 2,192-193

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > μείγνυμι

  • 6 μιμνήσκω

    Grammatical information: v.
    Meaning: `remind (oneself), give heed, care for, make mention'; usu. - ομαι (- ῄσκω, Schwyzer 709f., Aeol. μιμναισκω [Gramm.], μνήσκεται Anacr.); fut. μνήσω, - ομαι, aor. μνῆσαι (Dor. μνᾶσαι), - ασθαι, perf. midd. μέμνημαι (Dor. -μνᾱ-, Aeol. - μναι-) with fut. μεμνήσομαι (all Il.), aor. pass. μνησθῆναι (δ 418, Aeol. μνασθῆναι) with fut. μνησθήσομαι (IA); pres. also μνάομαι, μνῶμαι, μνώοντο, μνωόμενος etc. (Il.), `woo for one's bride, court' (Od.) `solicit' (Hdt., Pi.), προ-μνάομαι `court for' (S., Pl., X.); cf. below.
    Derivatives: 1. μνῆμα, Dor. Aeol. μνᾶμα n. `memorial, monument, tomb' (Il.) with μνημ-εῖον, Ion. -ήϊον, Dor. μναμ- `id.' (Dor., IA; cf. σῆμα: σημεῖον a.o., Chantraine Form. 61, Schwyzer 470), rare a. late - άτιον, - άδιον, - άφιον, - όριον (s. μεμόριον); μνηματίτης λόγος `funeral oration' (Choerob., Eust.; Redard 47); ὑπόμνη-μα `remembrance, note' (Att.) with - ματικός, - ματίζομαι -- 2. μνήμη, Dor. μνάμα f. `remembrance, mention' (Dor., IA; μνή-σ-μη Lycaonia); from this or from μνῆμα: μνημ-ήϊος `as a remembrance' (Phryg.), - ίσκομαι = μιμνήσκομαι (Pap.). -- 3. μνεία f. `remembrance, mention' (Att.), verbal noun \< * μνᾱ-ΐα as πεν-ία a.o. (cf. Chantraine Form. 81), hardly with Schwyzer 425 foll. Sandsjoe Adj. auf - αιος 75f. enlarged from a root noun *μνᾱ. -- 4. μνῆστις ( μνᾶσ-) f. `remembrance, thought, renown' (ν 280) with - σ- as in μνη-σ-θῆναι, μνη-σ-τύς etc.; rather after λῆστις (s. λανθάνω) than with Porzig Satzinhalte 196 the other way round. -- 5. ἀνά-, ὑπό-μνη-σις `remembrance, admonition' (Att.); also μνησι- as verbal 1. member e.g. in μνησι-κακέω `remember the (suffered) wrong' with - ία, - ος (IA). -- 6. μνηστύς, - ύος f. `courting' (Od.), later replaced by μνηστ-εία, - ευμα (s. μνηστεύω); attempt at semantic differentiation by Benveniste Noms d'agent 68f. -- 7. μνηστήρ (μνᾱσ-), - τῆρος m. `wooer' (Od.; on μνηστήρ: μνηστύς Fraenkel Nom. ag. 1, 32 n. 2), also name of a month ( μναστήρ, Messene; cf. Γαμη-λιών and Fraenkel 1, 162); adjectiv. `remembering, reminding' (Pi.; Fraenkel 1, 156 f.), f. μνήστειρα `bride' (AP, `reminding' (Pi.); μνῆστρον `betrothal, marriage' ( Cod. Just.) ; προμνήστρ-ια ( προ-μνάομαι) f. `(woman) matchmaker' (E., Ar., Pl.), - ίς `id.' (X.). -- 8. μνήστωρ `mindful' (A.); on μνήσ-τωρ, - τήρ Fraenkel 2, 12, Benveniste Noms d'agent 47. -- 9. μνηστή f. `wood and won, wedded, memorable' (Hom., A. R.) also `worth remembering' ( Sammelb. 6138), πολυ-μνήστη (- ος) `much wood' (Od.), also `mindful, remaining in memory' (Emp., A.); but Ἄ-μνᾱτος (Gortyn; Schwyzer 503); from this μνηστεύω ( μνασ-) `woo a wife' (Od.), also `canvass a job' with μνήστευμα (E.), - εία (hell.) `wooing'. --10. μνήμων ( μνά-), - ονος m. f., first from μνῆμα, but also directly associated with the verb, `mindful' (Od.), often as title of an office `notary, registrator' (Halic., Crete, Arist.), with μνημο-σύνη `remembrance' (Θ 181); cf. Wyss - σύνη 34; also as name of one of the Muses (h. Merc., Hes.); - συνον n. `id.' (Hdt., Th., Ar.); prob. poetical (Wyss 50); - ος `for remembrance' (LXX); besides Μναμόν-α (Ar. Lys. 1248; cf. on εὑφρόνη), Μνημ-ώ (Orph.) = Μνημοσύνη. Denominat. μνημον-εύω `remember' (IA) with μνημόνευ-σις, - μα etc. Adj. μνημον-ικός `for remembrance, with good memory' (Att.). -- 11. PN like Μνησεύς (Pl.; short name of Μνήσ-αρχος, Bosshardt 130), Μνασίλλει (Boeot.); Μνασέας; prob. hellenis. of Sem. Mǝnašše = Μανασση (Schulze Kl. Schr. 394 f.; cf. Bechtel Dial. 1, 414).
    Origin: IE [Indo-European] [726] * mneh₂- `mention'
    Etymology: The above paradigm, together with the nominal formations built on a general μνᾱ-, is a purely Greek creation. The basis of the generalized system were of course one or a few verbal forms; as however the new system was already complete at the beginneing of Greek and the cognate languages present nothing that could be compared directly with the Greek forms, we can no more follow its creation. A monosyllabic IE * mnā- is found in class. Sanskrit, as in aor. a-mnā-siṣ-uḥ `they mentioned', which typologically reminds of μνῆ-σ-αι, in the perf. act. ma-mnau (gramm.), prob. innovation to midd. ma-mn-e (cf. μέμονα) and not (with Brugmann Grundr.2 II: 3,441) to be connected with μέμνημαι; further in - mnā-ta- `mentioned' and mnā-ya-te `is mentioned', with which agree on the one hand Ἄ-μνᾱ-τος and - with secondary σ (Schwyzer 503) - μνη-σ-τή, on the other hand μνάομαι. But the last is undoubtedly analogically innovated after wellknown patterns to μνήσασθαι etc.; also the verbal adj. does not look archaic. The development of μιμνήσκω has been prob. about the same as with κικλήσκω (where however καλέ-σαι was retained) or with βιβρώσκω (s.v.), where also non-Greek agreements to βρω- are rare or doubtful. The general re-creation isolated μιμνήσκω both formally and semantically from the old μέμονα and even more from μαίνομαι. -- From μνάομαι `remind, mention' developed as courteous expression the meaning `woo a woman, court'; s. Benveniste Sprachgesch. u. Wortbed. 13 ff., where also against the connection with γυνή (Schwyzer 726 n. 1). Against Benveniste Ambrosini Rend. Acc. Lincei 8: 10, 62ff. with new interpretation: to δάμνημι, ἀδμής; not convincing. -- Further rich lit. in WP. 2, 264ff., Pok. 726ff., W. -Hofmann s. meminī, Fraenkel Lit. et. Wb. s. miñti. Cf. μαίνομαι, μέμονα, μένος.
    Page in Frisk: 2,238-241

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > μιμνήσκω

  • 7 κατά

    κατά (Hom.+) prep. (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά beg., also LfgrE s.v. κατά 1346; with the gen. 74 times in NT; w. acc. 391 times in NT).
    A. w. the gen.
    ⓐ of location that is relatively lower, down from someth. (Hom. et al.; LXX; Ath. 1, 4 κ. κόρρης προπηλακίζειν=to smack on one side of the head) ὁρμᾶν κ. τοῦ κρημνοῦ rush down (from) the bank (cp. Polyb. 38, 16, 7 κ. τῶν κρημνῶν ῥίπτειν; Jos., Bell. 1, 313) Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; Lk 8:33. κ. κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have someth. on one’s head (lit. hanging down fr. the head, as a veil. Cp. Plut., Mor. 200f ἐβάδιζε κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχων τὸ ἱμάτιον.; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 499, 5 of a mummy ἔχων τάβλαν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου) 1 Cor 11:4.
    ⓑ of position relatively deep, into someth. (Od. 9, 330 κ. σπείους ‘into the depths of the cave’; Hdt. 7, 235; X., An. 7, 1, 30) ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία extreme (lit. ‘reaching down into the depths’; cp. Strabo 9, 3, 5 [419] ἄντρον κοῖλον κ. βάθους) or abysmal poverty 2 Cor 8:2. This may perh. be the mng. of πλήσσειν τινὰ κ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν strike someone deep into the eyes ApcPt 11:26 (cp. Demosth. 19, 197 ξαίνει κ. τοῦ νώτου; PPetr II, 18 [2b], 15 [246 B.C.] ἔτυπτεν αὐτὸν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου).—κ. γαστρός Just., D. 78, 3 for ἐν γαστρί Mt 1:18 (cp. Ath. 35, 2 τὸ κ. γαστρὸς ζῶον εἶναι).
    ⓒ extension in various directions within an area, throughout (so in Luke’s writings; Polyb. 3, 19, 7 κ. τῆς νήσου διεσπάρησαν; PGiss 48, 8 κ. κυριακῆς γῆς; Jos., Ant. 8, 297; SibOr 3, 222; 4, 24; 5, 305) γνωστὸν γενέσθαι καθʼ ὅλης Ἰόππης become known throughout all Joppa Ac 9:42. καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 9:31; 10:37; Lk 23:5. φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθʼ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 4:14.
    ② down upon, toward, against someone or someth, fig. ext. of 1.
    ⓐ w. verbs of swearing, to denote what one swears by (Thu. 5, 47, 8; Lysias 32, 13; Isaeus 7, 28; Demosth. 21, 119; 29, 26; SIG 526, 4ff; 685, 25; UPZ 110, 39 [164 B.C.]; BGU 248, 13; Jdth 1:12; Is 45:23; 2 Ch 36:13) by ἐξορκίζειν (q.v.) Mt 26:63. ὀμνύναι (q.v.) Hb 6:13, 16. ὁρκίζειν (q.v.) Hs 9, 10, 5. Sim. ἐρωτᾶν κ. τινος request, entreat by someone Hv 3, 2, 3.
    ⓑ in a hostile sense, against
    α. after verbs that express hostile action, etc. διχάζειν Mt 10:35. ἐπαίρεσθαι 2 Cor 10:5. ἰσχύειν Ac 19:16. κακοῦν 14:2. στρατεύεσθαι 1 Pt 2:11. φυσιοῦσθαι 1 Cor 4:6
    β. after words and expressions that designate hostile speech, esp. an accusation ἔχειν (τι) κ. τινος have or hold someth. against someone Rv 2:4, 14, 20. φέρειν J 18:29. ἐγκαλεῖν Ro 8:33. ἐντυγχάνειν τινὶ κ. τινος 11:2 (TestJob 17:5). κατηγορεῖν Lk 23:14. ποιεῖν κρίσιν Jd 15a. τὸ κ. ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον the bond that stands against us Col 2:14. ἐμφανίζειν Ac 24:1; 25:2. αἰτεῖσθαί τι 25:3, 15. αἱ κ. τινος αἰτίαι vs. 27. εἰπεῖν πονηρόν Mt 5:11 (cp. Soph., Phil. 65 κακὰ λέγειν κ. τινος. X., Hell. 1, 5, 2; Isocr., C. Nic. 13; Plut., Mor. 2a λέγειν κ.; SIG 1180, 1 λέγειν κ. τινος; Just., A I, 23, 3; 49, 6 κ. τῶν … ὁμολογούντων). λαλεῖν ῥήματα Ac 6:13; cp. Jd 15b (TestDan 4:3; JosAs 23:15). μαρτυρεῖν κ. τ. θεοῦ give testimony in contradiction to God 1 Cor 15:15. ζητεῖν μαρτυρίαν κ. τινος testimony against someone Mk 14:55. ψευδομαρτυρεῖν 14:56f. ψευδομαρτυρία Mt 26:59. γογγύζειν 20:11. στενάζειν Js 5:9. διδάσκειν Ac 21:28. συμβούλιον διδόναι (ποιεῖν v.l.) Mk 3:6; ς. λαβεῖν Mt 27:1. ψεύδεσθαι Js 3:14 (Lysias 22, 7; X., Ap. 13; Ath. 35, 1 καθʼ ἡμῶν … κατεψεύσατο).
    γ. after expressions that designate such a position or state of mind in a different way εἶναι κ. τινος be against someone (opp. ὑπέρ) Mk 9:40 (WNestle, ZNW 13, 1912, 84–87; AFridrichsen, ibid., 273–80); Ro 8:31; (opp. μετά) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23. δύνασθαί τι κ. τινος be able to do someth. against someone 2 Cor 13:8. ἔχειν τι κ. τινος have someth. against someone (in one’s heart) Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; Hs 9, 24, 2; cp. ibid. 23, 2, where the acc. is to be supplied. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. ἐπιθυμεῖν Gal 5:17. μερίζεσθαι καθʼ ἑαυτῆς Mt 12:25. Cp. 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18).—κατά prob. means against also in ἔβαλεν κατʼ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος Ac 27:14. ἐτελείωσαν κ. τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα they completed the full measure of sins against their own head GPt 5:17.
    B. w. acc. (so in the NT 399 times [besides καθʼ εἷς and κατὰ εἷς])
    ⓐ of extension in space, along, over, through, in, upon (Hom. et al.; OGI 90, 7 ἐκ τῶν κ. τ. χώραν ἱερῶν; PHib 82, 19; PTebt 5, 188; LXX; Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 5) Ac 24:12. καθʼ ὅλην τ. πόλιν throughout the city Lk 8:39 (cp. Diod S 4, 10, 6 καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Ἐλλάδα). ἐγένετο λιμὸς κ. τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 15:14. κ. τὰς κώμας 9:6. κ. πόλεις καὶ κώμας 13:22 (Appian., Maced. 9 §1 and 4 κ. πόλεις; Just., A I, 67, 3 κ. πόλεις ἢ ἀγρούς).—κ. τόπους in place after place Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11 (Theophr., περὶ σημ. 1, 4 p. 389 W.; Cat. Cod. Astr. III 28, 11 ἐν μέρει τ. ἀνατολῆς κ. τόπους, VIII/3, 186, 1 λιμὸς καὶ λοιμὸς καὶ σφαγαὶ κ. τόπους). οἱ ὄντες κ. τὴν Ἰουδαίαν those throughout Judea or living in Judea Ac 11:1. διασπαρῆναι κ. τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας be scattered over the regions of Judea 8:1. κ. τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν in the congregation there 13:1. τοῖς κ. τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς 15:23. τοὺς κ. τὰ ἔθνη Ἰουδαίους the Judeans (dispersed) throughout the nations 21:21. τοῖς κ. τὸν νόμον γεγραμμένοις throughout the law = in the law 24:14b. κ. τὴν ὁδόν along or on the way (Lucian, Catapl. 4; Jos., Ant. 8, 404) Lk 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. τὸ κ. Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν πέλαγος the sea along the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia 27:5; but the geographical designation τὰ μέρη τ. Λιβύης τῆς κ. Κυρήνην 2:10 prob. belongs to b: the parts of Libya toward Cyrene.
    ⓑ of extension toward, toward, to, up to ἐλθεῖν (γίνεσθαι v.l.) κ. τὸν τόπον come up to the place (Jos., Vi. 283) Lk 10:32. ἐλθόντες κ. τὴν Μυσίαν to Mysia Ac 16:7; cp. 27:7. πορεύεσθαι κ. μεσημβρίαν (s. μεσημβρία 2) toward the south 8:26 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 505). κ. σκοπὸν διώκειν run (over the course) toward the goal Phil 3:14. λιμὴν βλέπων κ. λίβα καὶ κ. χῶρον a harbor open to the southwest and northwest Ac 27:12 (s. βλέπω 8).—κ. πρόσωπον to the face (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 205) Gal 2:11. ἔχειν τινὰ κ. πρόσωπον meet someone face to face (Thieme 19 has reff. for the use of κατὰ πρόσωπον as a legal formula) Ac 25:16. κ. πρόσωπον ταπεινός humble when personally present 2 Cor 10:1. κ. πρόσωπόν τινος in the presence of someone Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13. τὰ κ. πρόσωπον what lies before one’s eyes, i.e. is obvious 2 Cor 10:7. κ. ὀφθαλμοὺς προγράφειν portray before one’s eyes Gal 3:1.
    ⓒ of isolation or separateness, by (Thu. 1, 138, 6 οἱ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς Ἕλληνες ‘the Greeks by themselves’; Polyb. 1, 24, 4; 5, 78, 3; 11, 17, 6; Diod S 13, 72, 8; Gen 30:40; 43:32; 2 Macc 13:13; Philo, Migr. Abr. 87; 90; Just., D. 4, 5 αὐτὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν γενομένη; Tat. 13, 1 ἡ ψυχὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν; Ath. 15, 2 ὁ πηλὸς καθʼ ἑαυτόν) ἔχειν τι καθʼ ἑαυτόν keep someth. to oneself Ro 14:22 (cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 255; Heliod. 7, 16, 1). καθʼ ἑαυτὸν μένειν live by oneself of the private dwelling of Paul in Rome Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρὰ καθʼ ἑαυτήν faith by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 3, 43 τὸ σῶμα καθʼ αὑτὸ νεκρόν ἐστιν). ἡ κατʼ οἶκον ἐκκλησία the congregation in the house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19. κατʼ ἰδίαν s. ἴδιος 5. κ. μόνας (Thu. 1, 32, 5; Menand., Epitr. 988 S. [658 Kö.], Fgm. 146 Kö. [158 Kock]; Polyb. 4, 15, 11; Diod S 4, 51, 16; BGU 813, 15 [s. APF 2, 1903, 97]; LXX) alone, by oneself Mk 4:10; Lk 9:18; Hm 11:8 (here, as well as BGU loc. cit. and LXX, written as one word καταμόνας).
    ⓓ of places viewed serially, distributive use w. acc., x by x (Arrian., Anab. 4, 21, 10 κ. σκηνήν=tent by tent) or from x to x: κατʼ οἶκον from house to house (PLond III, 904, 20 p. 125 [104 A.D.] ἡ κατʼ οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή) Ac 2:46b; 5:42 (both in ref. to various house assemblies or congregations; w. less probability NRSV ‘at home’); cp. 20:20. Likew. the pl. κ. τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος 8:3. κ. τὰς συναγωγάς 22:19. κ. πόλιν (Jos., Ant. 6, 73) from city to city IRo 9:3, but in every (single) city Ac 15:21; 20:23; Tit 1:5. Also κ. πόλιν πᾶσαν (cp. Herodian 1, 14, 9) Ac 15:36; κ. πᾶσαν πόλιν 20:23 D. κ. πόλιν καὶ κώμην Lk 8:1; cp. vs. 4.
    ② marker of temporal aspect (Hdt. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, apolog.)
    ⓐ in definite indications of time: at, on, during (Hdt. 8, 17; Polemon Soph. B 43 Reader κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ‘in the course of that day’) κατʼ ἀρχάς in the beginning (cp. ἀρχή 1b) Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26). κ. τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ in the day of trial 3:8 (Ps 94:8.—Cp. Antig. Car. 173 κ. τὸν σπόρου καιρόν). νεκροῦ … ἀνάστασιν κατʼ αὐτὸν γεγονυῖαν ἱστορεῖ (Papias) reports that a resurrection from the dead occurred in his time Papias (2, 9; so, with personal names, Hdt.; Just., D. 23, 1 τοῦ θεοῦ … τοῦ κ. τὸν Ἐνώχ; Tat. 31, 2 Θεαγένης … κ. Καμβύσην γεγονώς). Of the future: κ. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον at that time, then Ro 9:9 (Gen 18:10). Of the past: κ. ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time, then (2 Macc 3:5; TestJos 12:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 266; cp. κατʼ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ Konon: 26 Fgm. 3 p. 191, 25 Jac.; Just., A I, 17, 2; 26, 3 al.) Ac 12:1; 19:23. κ. καιρόν at that time, then Ro 5:6 (Just., D. 132, 1; cp. OGI 90, 28 καθʼ ὸ̔ν καιρόν), unless καιρός here means the right time (s. καιρός 1b end). κατʼ ὄναρ (as καθʼ ὕπνον Gen 20:6; Just., D 60, 5 κ. τοὺς ὕπνους) during a dream, in a dream Mt 1:20; 2:12 (s. s.v. ὄναρ for ins).
    ⓑ with indefinite indications of time: toward, about κ. τὸ μεσονύκτιον about midnight Ac 16:25; cp. 27:27.—8:26 (s. μεσημβρία 1).
    ⓒ distributively (cp. 1d): x period by x period: κατʼ ἔτος every year (s. ἔτος) Lk 2:41. Also κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν (s. ἐνιαυτός 1) Hb 9:25; 10:1, 3. καθʼ ἡμέραν daily, every day (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49; Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l. ἡ ἐπίστασις ἡ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἐπίστασις) 2 Cor 11:28. κ. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν every day (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:7. Also καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Hb 3:13. κ. μίαν σαββάτου on the first day of every week 1 Cor 16:2. κ. πᾶν σάββατον every Sabbath Ac 13:27; 15:21b; 18:4. κ. μῆνα ἕκαστον each month Rv 22:2 (κ. μῆνα as SIG 153, 65; POxy 275, 18; 2 Macc 6:7). κ. ἑορτήν at each festival Mt 27:15; Mk 15:6.
    ③ marker of division of a greater whole into individual parts, at a time, in detail, distributive use apart from indications of place (s. above 1d) and time (s. 2c)
    ⓐ w. numerals: κ. δύο ἢ τὸ πλεῖστον τρεῖς two or, at the most, three at a time (i.e. in any one meeting, cp. ἀνὰ μέρος) 1 Cor 14:27 (Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 42 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς; Jos., Ant. 3, 142 κ. ἕξ; 5, 172 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς). καθʼ ἕνα (on this and the foll. s. εἷς 5e) singly, one after the other vs. 31. κ. ἕνα λίθον each individual stone Hs 9, 3, 5; καθʼ ἕνα λίθον 9, 6, 3. κ. ἓν ἕκαστον one by one, in detail Ac 21:19; 1 Cl 32:1 (Ath. 28, 4 καθʼ ἕκαστον). εἷς καθʼ εἷς Mk 14:19; J 8:9; cp. Ro 12:5 (B-D-F §305; Rob. 460). κ. ἑκατὸν καὶ κ. πεντήκοντα in hundreds and in fifties Mk 6:40.
    ⓑ περί τινος λέγειν κ. μέρος speak of someth. in detail Hb 9:5 (s. μέρος 1c). κατʼ ὄνομα (each one) by name (ἀσπάζομαι … τοὺς ἐνοίκους πάντες κα[τʼ] ὄνομα PTebt [III A.D.] 422, 11–16; Jos., Vi. 86) J 10:3; 3J 15 (cp. BGU 27, 18); ISm 13:2.
    ④ marker of intention or goal, for the purpose of, for, to (Thu. 6, 31, 1 κ. θέαν ἥκειν=to look at something; cp. Sb 7263, 6 [254 B.C.]; X., An. 3, 5, 2 καθʼ ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι; Arrian, Anab. 1, 17, 12; 4, 5, 1; 21, 9; 6, 17, 6; 26, 2; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 29; Anton. Lib., Fab. 24, 1 Δημήτηρ ἐπῄει γῆν ἅπασαν κ. ζήτησιν τῆς θυγατρός; 38; Jdth 11:19) κ. τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων for the Jewish ceremonial purification J 2:6. κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω to my shame 2 Cor 11:21 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 268 κ. τιμὴν τ. θεοῦ τοῦτο ποιῶν). ἀπόστολος … κ. πίστιν … καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν an apostle … for the faith … and the knowledge Tit 1:1 (but the mng. ‘in accordance with’ is also prob.).
    ⑤ marker of norm of similarity or homogeneity, according to, in accordance with, in conformity with, according to
    ⓐ to introduce the norm which governs someth.
    α. the norm of the law, etc. (OGI 56, 33; Mitt-Wilck., I/2, 352, 11 κ. τὰ κελευσθέντα [as Just., D. 78, 7]; POxy 37 II, 8) κ. τὸν νόμον (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51; Just., D. 10, 1 al.; Ath. 31, 1; κ. τοὺς νόμους Ἀρεοπαγείτης, letter of MAurelius: ZPE 8, ’71, 169, ln. 27) Lk 2:22; J 18:31; 19:7; Hb 7:5. τὰ κ. τ. νόμον what is to be done according to the law Lk 2:39 (cp. EpArist 32). κ. τὸ ὡρισμένον in accordance w. what has been determined 22:22. Cp. 1:9; 2:24, 27, 42; Ac 17:2; 22:3. κ. τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου Ro 2:16; 16:25a; 2 Ti 2:8. κ. τὸ εἰρημένον Ro 4:18 (cp. Ath. 28, 1 κ. τὰ προειρημένα). κ. τὰς γραφάς (Just., D. 82, 4; cp. Paus. 6, 21, 10 κ. τὰ ἔπη=according to the epic poems; Just., A I, 32, 14 κ. τὸ λόγιον, D. 67, 1 κ. τὴν προφητείαν ταύτην) 1 Cor 15:3; cp. Js 2:8. κ. τὴν παράδοσιν Mk 7:5 (Tat. 39, 1 κ. τὴν Ἑλλήνων παράδοσιν).—κ. λόγον as one wishes (exx. in Dssm., B 209 [not in BS]; also PEleph 13, 1; 3 Macc 3:14) Ac 18:14 (though 5bβ below is also prob.).—It can also stand simply w. the acc. of the pers. according to whose will, pleasure, or manner someth. occurs κ. θεόν (cp. Socrat., Ep. 14, 5 κ. θεόν; 26, 2; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 1 Jac. and Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 84 §352 κ. δαίμονα; Jos., Ant. 4, 143 ὁ κ. τοῦτον[=θεόν] βίος; Just., D. 5, 1 κ. τινας … Πλατωνικούς; Tat. 1, 3 κ. … τὸν κωμικόν) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9–11; κ. Χριστὸν Ἰ. Ro 15:5. κ. κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. Cp. 1 Pt 1:15. κ. τ. Ἕλληνας in the manner of the Greeks, i.e. polytheists PtK 2, p. 14, 1; 7. κ. Ἰουδαίους ln. 25.
    β. the norm according to which a judgment is rendered, or rewards or punishments are given ἀποδοῦναι τινι κ. τ. πρᾶξιν or ἔργα αὐτοῦ (Ps 61:13; Pr 24:12; Just., A I, 12, 1; 17, 4 al.; κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν πράξεων) Mt 16:27; Ro 2:6; 2 Ti 4:14; Rv 2:23. μισθὸν λήμψεται κ. τ. ἴδιον κόπον 1 Cor 3:8. κρίνειν κ. τι J 7:24; 8:15; 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Ro 2:2.
    γ. of a standard of any other kind κ. τ. χρόνον ὸ̔ν ἠκρίβωσεν in accordance w. the time which he had ascertained Mt 2:16. κ. τ. πίστιν ὑμῶν acc. to your faith 9:29. κ. τ. δύναμιν acc. to his capability 25:15 (Just., D. 139, 4; Tat. 12, 3; cp. Just., A II, 13, 6 κ. δύναμιν). Cp. Lk 1:38; 2:29; Ro 8:4; 10:2; Eph 4:7. ἀνὴρ κ. τ. καρδίαν μου Ac 13:22 (καρδία 1bε).
    δ. Oft. the norm is at the same time the reason, so that in accordance with and because of are merged: οἱ κ. πρόθεσιν κλητοί Ro 8:28. κατʼ ἐπιταγὴν θεοῦ 16:26; 1 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Eph 3:3 (Just., D. 78, 2). οἱ καθʼ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ Ro 2:7. κατʼ ἐκλογήν 11:5 (Just., D. 49, 1). Cp. κ. τὴν βουλήν Eph 1:11 (Just., A I, 63, 16 al.); 2 Th 2:9; Hb 7:16. κ. τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what shall I know this? (cp. Gen 15:8) Lk 1:18.—Instead of ‘in accordance w.’ κ. can mean simply because of, as a result of, on the basis of (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 219 D.: κ. τοὺς νόμους; Jos., Ant. 1, 259; 278; Just., A I, 54, 1 κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων; Ath. 7, 1 κ. συμπάθειαν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πνοῆς; 32, 1 κ. χρησμόν). κ. πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any and every reason (αἰτία 1) Mt 19:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Gal 2:2. Cp. Ro 2:5; 1 Cor 12:8 (κ. τ. πνεῦμα = διὰ τοῦ πν.); Eph 1:5; 4:22b; Phil 4:11; 1 Ti 5:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; κ. ἀνάγκην Phlm 14 (Ar. 1, 2; 4, 2 al.; Just., A I, 30, 1; 61, 10; Ath. 24, 2); IPol 1:3. ὁ κ. τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 Pt 1:3.—καθʼ ὅσον (Thu. 4, 18, 4) in so far as, inasmuch as Hb 3:3. καθʼ ὅσον …, κ. τοσοῦτο in so far as …, just so far (Lysias 31, 8; Galen, De Dignosc. Puls. 3, 2, VIII 892 K.) 7:20, 22.
    ⓑ as a periphrasis to express equality, similarity, or example in accordance with, just as, similar(ly) to (TestJob 32:6 τίς γὰρ κ. σε ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τέκνων σου; Tat. 25, 1 κ. … τὸν Πρωτέα like Proteus; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 50: sheep are not burden-bearers κ. τοὺς ὄνους=as donkeys are).
    α. κ. τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε do not do as they do Mt 23:3. κ. Ἰσαάκ just as Isaac Gal 4:28. κ. θεὸν κτισθείς Eph 4:24 (Synes., Prov. 2, 2 p. 118c κ. θεόν=just as a god). Cp. Col 3:10. κ. τὸν τύπον Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40; Mel., P. 58, 424 [νόμον v.l.]). Cp. 5:6 (Ps 109:4); 8:9 (Jer 38: 32); Js 3:9.—κ. τὰ αὐτά in (just) the same way (OGI 56, 66; PEleph 2, 6; 1 Macc 8:27; 12:2; Just., D. 1, 2; 3, 5; 113, 3) Lk 6:23, 26; 17:30; Dg 3:1. On the other hand, the sing. κ. τὸ αὐτό Ac 14:1 means together (marriage contract PEleph 1, 5 [IV B.C.] εἶναι ἡμᾶς κ. ταὐτό; 1 Km 11:11). καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον just as (2 Macc 6:20; 4 Macc 14:17) Ac 15:11; 27:25. καθʼ ὅσον …, οὕτως (just) as …, so Hb 9:27. κ. πάντα τρόπον in every way (PSI 520, 16 [250 B.C.]; PCairZen 631, 2; 3 Macc 3:24) Ro 3:2. κ. μηδένα τρόπον (PMagd 14, 9 [221 B.C.]; PRein 7, 31; 3 Macc 4:13; 4 Macc 4:24; Just., D. 35, 7; s. Reader, Polemo 262) 2 Th 2:3. Cp. Johannessohn, Kasus, 1910, 82. κατά w. acc. serves in general
    β. to indicate the nature, kind, peculiarity or characteristics of a thing (freq. as a periphrasis for the adv.; e.g. Antiochus of Syracuse [V B.C.]: 555 Fgm. 12 Jac. κ. μῖσος=out of hate, filled with hate) κατʼ ἐξουσίαν with authority or power Mk 1:27. κ. συγκυρίαν by chance Lk 10:31. κ. ἄγνοιαν without knowing Ac 3:17 (s. ἄγνοια 2a). κ. ἄνθρωπον 1 Cor 3:3 al. (s. Straub 15; Aeschyl., Th. 425; ἄνθρωπος 2b). κ. κράτος powerfully, Ac 19:20 (κράτος 1a). κ. λόγον reasonably, rightly (Pla.; Polyb. 1, 62, 4; 5; 5, 110, 10; Jos., Ant. 13, 195; PYale 42, 24 [12 Jan., 229 B.C.]) 18:14 (but s. above 5aα). λέγειν τι κ. συγγνώμην οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν say someth. as a concession, not as a command 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. κ. τάξιν in (an) order(ly manner) 1 Cor 14:40 (τάξις 2). κατʼ ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν with eye-service Eph 6:6. μηδὲν κατʼ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κ. κενοδοξίαν Phil 2:3. κ. ζῆλος zealously 3:6a, unless this pass. belongs under 6 below, in its entirety. κ. σάρκα on the physical plane Ro 8:12f; 2 Cor 1:17; also 5:16ab, if here κ. ς. belongs w. οἴδαμεν or ἐγνώκαμεν (as Bachmann, JWeiss, H-D Wendland, Sickenberger take it; s. 7a below). καθʼ ὑπερβολήν (PTebt 42, 5f [c. 114 B.C.] ἠδικημένος καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὸ, Ἁρμιύσιος; 4 Macc 3:18) beyond measure, beyond comparison Ro 7:13; 1 Cor 12:31; 2 Cor 4:17. καθʼ ὁμοιότητα (Aristot.; Gen 1:12; Philo, Fug. 51; Tat. 12, 4 κ. τὸ ὅμοιον αὐτῇ) in a similar manner Hb 4:15b. κ. μικρόν in brief B 1:5 (μικρός 1eγ).
    ⑥ denoting relationship to someth., with respect to, in relation to κ. σάρκα w. respect to the flesh, physically of human descent Ro 1:3; 4:1; 9:3, 5 (Ar. 15, 7 κ. σάρκα … κ. ψυχήν; Just., D. 43, 7 ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ κ. σάρκα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ al.). κ. τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 7:22 (cp. POxy 904, 6 πληγαῖς κατακοπτόμενον κ. τὸ σῶμα). Cp. Ro 1:4; 11:28; Phil 3:5, 6b (for vs. 6a s. 5bβ above); Hb 9:9b. τὰ κ. τινα (Hdt. 7, 148; Diod S 1, 10, 73; Aelian, VH 2, 20; PEleph 13, 3; POxy 120, 14; Tob 10:9; 1 Esdr 9:17; 2 Macc 3:40; 9:3 al.) someone’s case, circumstances Ac 24:22 (cp. PEleph 13, 3 τὰ κ. σε; Just., A I, 61, 13 τὰ κ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν πάντα, D. 102, 2 τὰ κ. αὐτόν; Ath. 24, 4 τὸ κ. τοὺς ἀγγέλους); 25:14; Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. κ. πάντα in all respects (since Thu. 4, 81, 3; Sb 4324, 3; 5761, 22; SIG 834, 7; Gen 24:1; Wsd 19:22; 2 Macc 1:17; 3 Macc 5:42; JosAs 1:7; Just., A II, 4, 4, D. 35, 8 al.); Ac 17:22; Col 3:20, 22a; Hb 2:17 (Artem. 1, 13 αὐτῷ ὅμοιον κ. π.); 4:15a.
    ⑦ Somet. the κατά phrase, which would sound cumbersome in the rendering ‘such-and-such’, ‘in line with’, or ‘in accordance with’, is best rendered as an adj., a possessive pron., or with a genitival construction to express the perspective from which something is perceived or to be understood. In translation it thus functions as
    ⓐ an adj. (Synes., Kingdom 4 p. 4d τὰ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἔργα i.e. the deeds that are commensurate with that which is exceptional = virtuous deeds; PHib 27, 42 ταῖς κ. σελήνην ἡμέραις; 4 Macc 5:18 κ. ἀλήθειαν=ἀληθής; Just., A I, 2, 1 τοὺς κ. ἀλήθειαν εὐσεβεῖς; Tat. 26, 2 τῆς κ. ἀλήθειαν σοφίας) οἱ κ. φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21. ἡ κατʼ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλία 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Tit 1:1b. οἱ κ. σάρκα κύριοι the earthly masters (in wordplay, anticipating the κύριος who is in the heavens, vs. 9) Eph 6:5. Cp. 2 Cor 5:16b, in case (s. 5bβ above) κ. ς. belongs w. Χριστόν (as the majority, incl. Ltzm., take it): a physical Christ, a Christ in the flesh, in his earthly relationships (σάρξ 5). Correspondingly in vs. 16a κ. ς. would be taken w. οὐδένα: no one simply as a physical being.—JMartyn, JKnox Festschr., ’67, 269–87.
    ⓑ a possessive pron., but with limiting force (Demosth. 2, 27 τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἐλλείμματα [i.e. in contrast to the activities of others: ‘your own’]; Aelian, VH 2, 42 ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρετή; 3, 36; OGI 168, 17 παραγεγονότες εἰς τοὺς καθʼ ὑμᾶς τόπους; SIG 646, 6; 807, 15 al.; UPZ 20, 9 [II B.C.] ἐπὶ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς λειτουργίας; PTebt 24, 64; 2 Macc 4:21; Tat. 42, 1 τίς ὁ θεὸς καὶ τίς ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ποίησις; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7 ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφία) τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν τινες some of your (own) poets Ac 17:28. ἡ καθʼ ὑμᾶς πίστις Eph 1:15. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς νόμος Ac 18:15. τὸ κατʼ ἐμὲ πρόθυμον my eagerness Ro 1:15.
    ⓒ a gen. w. a noun (Polyb. 3, 113, 1 ἡ κ. τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατολή; 2, 48, 2; 3, 8, 1 al.; Diod S 14, 12 ἡ κ. τὸν τύραννον ὠμότης; Dionys. Hal. 2, 1; SIG 873, 5 τῆς κ. τ. μυστήρια τελετῆς; 569, 22; 783, 20; PTebt 5, 25; PLond III, 1164k, 20 p. 167 [212 A.D.] ὑπὸ τοῦ κ. πατέρα μου ἀνεψιοῦ) τὰ κ. Ἰουδαίους ἔθη the customs of the Judeans Ac 26:3 (Tat. 12, 5 τῇ κ. Βαβυλωνίους προγνωστικῇ; 34, 2 ἡ κ. τὸν Ἀριστόδημον πλαστική). Cp. 27:2. ἡ κ. πίστιν δικαιοσύνη the righteousness of faith Hb 11:7. ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις purpose of election Ro 9:11.—Here also belong the titles of the gospels εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Ματθαῖον etc., where κατά is likew. periphrasis for a gen. (cp. JLydus, De Mag. 3, 46 p. 136, 10 Wünsch τῆς κ. Λουκανὸν συγγραφῆς; Herodian 2, 9, 4 of an autobiography ἐν τῷ καθʼ αὑτὸν βίῳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 18 τ. καθʼ αὐτὸν ἱστορίαν; 2 Macc 2:13. Cp. B-D-F §163; 224, 2; Zahn, Einleitung §49; BBacon, Why ‘According to Mt’? Exp., 8th ser., 16, 1920, 289–310).—On the periphrasis of the gen. by κατά s. Rudberg (ἀνά beg.) w. many exx. fr. Pla. on. But it occurs as early as Thu. 6, 16, 5 ἐν τῷ κατʼ αὐτοὺς βίῳ.—M-M. DELG. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κατά

  • 8 υἱός

    υἱός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) prim. ‘son’
    ① a male who is in a kinship relationship either biologically or by legal action, son, offspring, descendant
    ⓐ the direct male issue of a person, son τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:21; GJs 14:2 (cp. Mel., P. 8, 53 ὡς γὰρ υἱὸς τεχθείς). Cp. Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14) and 25; 10:37 (w. θυγάτηρ); Mk 12:6a; Lk 1:13, 31, 57; 11:11; 15:11 (on this JEngel, Die Parabel v. Verlorenen Sohn: ThGl 18, 1926, 54–64; MFrost, The Prodigal Son: Exp. 9th ser., 2, 1924, 56–60; EBuonaiuti, Religio 11, ’35, 398–402); Ac 7:29; Ro 9:9 (cp. Gen 18:10); Gal 4:22 al. W. gen. Mt 7:9; 20:20f; 21:37ab; Mk 6:3; 9:17; Lk 3:2; 4:22; 15:19; J 9:19f; Ac 13:21; 16:1; 23:16; Gal 4:30abc (Gen 21:10abc); Js 2:21; AcPlCor 2:29. Also ἐγὼ Φαρισαῖός εἰμι υἱὸς Φαρισαίων Ac 23:6 is prob. a ref. to direct descent. μονογενὴς υἱός (s. μονογενής 1) Lk 7:12. ὁ υἱὸς ὁ πρωτότοκος (πρωτότοκος 1) 2:7.
    ⓑ the immediate male offspring of an animal (Ps 28:1 υἱοὺς κριῶν; Sir 38:25. So Lat. filius: Columella 6, 37, 4) in our lit. only as foal ἐπὶ πῶλον υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου Mt 21:5 (cp. Zech 9:9 πῶλον νέον).
    ⓒ human offspring in an extended line of descent, descendant, son Ἰωσὴφ υἱὸς Δαυίδ Mt 1:20 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 73); s. 2dα below. υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ (Ἰσραήλ 1) Mt 27:9; Lk 1:16; Ac 5:21; 7:23, 37; 9:15; 10:36; Ro 9:27; 2 Cor 3:7, 13; Hb 11:22 al.; AcPlCor 2:32. οἱ υἱοὶ Λευί (Num 26:57) Hb 7:5. υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ Lk 19:9. υἱοὶ Ἀδάμ 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:8). υἱοι Ῥουβήλ GJs 6:3.
    ⓓ one who is accepted or legally adopted as a son (Herodian 5, 7, 1; 4; 5; Jos, Ant. 2, 263; 20, 150) Ac 7:21 (cp. Ex 2:10).—J 19:26.
    ② a pers. related or closely associated as if by ties of sonship, son, transf. sense of 1
    ⓐ of a pupil, follower, or one who is otherw. a spiritual son (SIG 1169, 12 οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ=the pupils and helpers [40] of Asclepius; sim. Maximus Tyr. 4, 2c; Just., D. 86, 6 οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν.—Some combination w. παῖδες is the favorite designation for those who are heirs of guild-secrets or who are to perpetuate a skill of some kind: Pla., Rep. 3, 407e, Leg. 6, 769b; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verbi 22 p. 102, 4 Us./Rdm. ῥητόρων παῖδες; Lucian, Anach. 19, Dial. Mort. 11, 1 Χαλδαίων π.=dream-interpreters, Dips. 5 ἱατρῶν π., Amor. 49; Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 13 σοφῶν π.): the ‘sons’ of the Pharisees Mt 12:27; Lk 11:19. Peter says Μᾶρκος ὁ υἱός μου 1 Pt 5:13 (perh. w. a component of endearment; s. Μᾶρκος). As a familiar form of address by a cherished mentor Hb 12:5 (Pr 3:11; ParJer 5:28; 7:24). υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες B 1:1.
    ⓑ of the individual members of a large and coherent group (cp. the υἷες Ἀχαιῶν in Homer; also PsSol 2:3 οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ; Dio Chrys. 71 [21], 15; LXX) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ λαοῦ μου 1 Cl 8:3 (scripture quot. of unknown origin). υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραάμ Ac 13:26. οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (Gen 11:5; Ps 11:2, 9; 44:3; TestLevi 3:10; TestZeb 9:7; GrBar 2:4) the sons of men=humans (cp. dγ below) Mk 3:28; Eph 3:5; 1 Cl 61:2 (of the earthly rulers in contrast to the heavenly king).
    ⓒ of one whose identity is defined in terms of a relationship with a person or thing
    α. of those who are bound to a personality by close, non-material ties; it is this personality that has promoted the relationship and given it its character: son(s) of: those who believe are υἱοὶ Ἀβραάμ, because Abr. was the first whose relationship to God was based on faith Gal 3:7. In a special sense the devout, believers, are sons of God, i.e., in the light of the social context, people of special status and privilege (cp. PsSol 17:27; Just., D, 124, 1; Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 8 ὁ τοῦ Διὸς ὄντως υἱός; Epict. 1, 9, 6; 1, 3, 2; 1, 19, 9; Sextus 58; 60; 135; 376a; Dt 14:1; Ps 28:1; 72:15; Is 43:6 [w. θυγατέρες μου]; 45:11; Wsd 2:18; 5:5; 12:21 al.; Jdth 9:4, 13; Esth 8:12q; 3 Macc 6:28; SibOr 3, 702) Mt 5:45; Lk 6:35; Ro 8:14, 19 (‘Redeemer figures’ EFuchs, Die Freiheit des Glaubens, ’49, 108; against him EHommel in ThViat 4, ’52, 118, n. 26); 9:26 (Hos 2:1); 2 Cor 6:18 (w. θυγατέρες, s. Is 43:6 cited above); Gal 3:26 (cp. PsSol 17:27); 4:6a, 7ab (here the υἱός is the κληρονόμος and his opposite is the δοῦλος); Hb 2:10 (JKögel, Der Sohn u. die Söhne: Eine exeget. Studie zu Hb 2:5–18, 1904); 12:5–8 (in vs. 8 opp. νόθος, q.v.); Rv 21:7; 2 Cl 1:4; B 4:9. Corresp. there are sons of the devil (on this subj. cp. Hdb. on J 8:44) υἱὲ διαβόλου Ac 13:10. οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ (masc.) Mt 13:38b. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἐν Ἅιδου ApcPt Rainer. In υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας Mt 23:31 this mng. is prob. to be combined w. sense 1c. The expr. υἱοὶ θεοῦ Mt 5:9 looks to the future (s. Betz, SM ad loc.; cp. KKöhler, StKr 91, 1918, 189f). Lk 20:36a signifies a status akin to that of angels (Ps 88:7; θεῶν παῖδες as heavenly beings: Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a; 12a; 13, 6a.—Hierocles 3, 424 the ἄγγελοι are called θεῶν παῖδες; HWindisch, Friedensbringer-Gottessöhne: ZNW 24, 1925, 240–60, discounts connection w. angels and contends for the elevation of the ordinary followers of Jesus to the status of Alexander the Great in his role as an εἰρηνηποιός [cp. Plut., Mor. 329c]; for measured critique of this view s. Betz, SM 137–42.).
    β. υἱός w. gen. of thing, to denote one who shares in it or who is worthy of it, or who stands in some other close relation to it, oft. made clear by the context; this constr. is prob. a Hebraism in the main, but would not appear barbaric (B-D-F §162, 6; Mlt-H. 441; Dssm., B p. 162–66 [BS 161–66]; PASA II 1884, no. 2 υἱὸς πόλεως [time of Nero; on this type of formulation SEG XXXIX, 1864]; IMagnMai 167, 5; 156, 12) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου (αἰών 2a) Lk 16:8a (opp. οἱ υἱοί τοῦ φωτός vs. 8b); 20:34. τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοί (to Mediterranean publics the functional equivalent of ἀθάνατοι ‘immortals’; cp. ἀνάστασις 2b) 20:36b. υἱοὶ τῆς ἀνομίας (ἀνομία 1; cp. CD 6:15) Hv 3, 6, 1; ApcPt 1:3; τῆς ἀπειθείας (s. ἀπείθεια) Eph 2:2; 5:6; Col 3:6; τῆς ἀπωλείας ApcPt 1:2. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας of Judas the informer J 17:12 (cp. similar expressions in Eur., Hec. 425; Menand., Dyscolus 88f: s. FDanker, NTS 7, ’60/61, 94), of the end-time adversary 2 Th 2:3. υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας (βασιλεία 1bη; s. SEG XXXIX, 1864 for related expressions) Mt 8:12; 13:38a. υἱοὶ βροντῆς Mk 3:17 (s. Βοανηργές). υἱὸς γεέννης (s. γέεννα) Mt 23:15; τ. διαθήκης (PsSol 17:15) Ac 3:25; εἰρήνης Lk 10:6. υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος (s. νυμφών) Mt 9:15; Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34. υἱὸς παρακλήσεως Ac 4:36 (s. Βαρναβᾶς). υἱοὶ (τοῦ) φωτός (Hippol., Ref. 6, 47, 4 in gnostic speculation) Lk 16:8b (opp. υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου); J 12:36. υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 Th 5:5 (EBuonaiuti, ‘Figli del giorno e della luce’ [1 Th 5:5]: Rivista storico-critica delle Scienze teol. 6, 1910, 89–93).
    ⓓ in various combinations as a designation of the Messiah and a self-designation of Jesus
    α. υἱὸς Δαυίδ son of David of the Messiah (PsSol 17:21) Mt 22:42–45; Mk 12:35–37; Lk 20:41–44; B 12:10c. Specif. of Jesus as Messiah Mt 1:1a; 9:27; 12:23; 15:22; 20:30f; 21:9, 15; Mk 10:47f; Lk 18:38f.—WWrede, Jesus als Davidssohn: Vorträge u. Studien 1907, 147–77; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 4, Rel.3 226f; ELohmeyer, Gottesknecht u. Davidssohn ’45, esp. 68; 72; 77; 84; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 251–56; WMichaelis, Die Davidsohnschaft Jesu usw., in D. histor. Jesus u. d. kerygm. Christus, ed. Ristow and Matthiae, ’61, 317–30; LFisher, ECColwell Festschr. ’68, 82–97.
    β. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, υἱὸς θεοῦ (the) Son of God (for the phrase s. JosAs 6:2 al. Ἰωσὴφ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ; there is no undisputed evidence of usage as messianic title in pre-Christian Judaism [s. Dalman, Worte 219–24, Eng. tr. 268–89; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 53f; EHuntress, ‘Son of God’ in Jewish Writings Prior to the Christian Era: JBL 54, ’35, 117–23]; cp. 4Q 246 col. 2, 1 [JFitzmyer, A Wandering Aramean ’79, 90–93; JCollins, BRev IX/3, ’93, 34–38, 57]. Among polytheists on the other hand, sons of the gods in a special sense [s. Just., A I, 21, 1f] are not only known to myth and legend, but definite historical personalities are also designated as such. Among them are famous wise men such as Pythagoras and Plato [HUsener, Das Weihnachtsfest2 1911, 71ff], and deified rulers, above all the Roman emperors since the time of Augustus [oft. in ins and pap: Dssm., B 166f=BS 166f, LO 294f=LAE 346f; Thieme 33]. According to Memnon [I B.C./ I A.D.]: 434 Fgm. 1, 1, 1 Jac., Clearchus [IV B.C.] carried his boasting so far as Διὸς υἱὸν ἑαυτὸν ἀνειπεῖν. Also, persons who were active at that time as prophets and wonder-workers laid claim to the title υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, e.g. the Samaritan Dositheus in Origen, C. Cels. 6, 11; sim. an Indian wise man who calls himself Διὸς υἱός Arrian, Anab. 7, 2, 3; cp. Did., Gen. 213, 18 ὁ Ἀβρὰμ υἱὸς θεοῦ διὰ δικαιοσύνην. S. GWetter, ‘Der Sohn Gottes’ 1916; Hdb. exc. on J 1:34; s. also Clemen2 76ff; ENorden, Die Geburt des Kindes 1924, 75; 91f; 132; 156f; EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 1:11 [4th ed. ’50]; M-JLagrange, Les origines du dogme paulinien de la divinité de Christ: RB 45, ’36, 5–33; HPreisker, Ntl. Zeitgesch. ’37, 187–208; HBraun, ZTK 54, ’57, 353–64; ANock, ‘Son of God’ in Paul. and Hellen. Thought: Gnomon 33, ’61, 581–90 [=Essays on Religion and the Anc. World II, ’72, 928–39]—originality in Paul’s thought): Ps 2:7 is applied to Jesus υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε Lk 3:22 D; GEb 18, 37.—Ac 13:33; Hb 1:5a; 5:5; 1 Cl 36:4. Likew. Hos 11:1 (w. significant changes): Mt 2:15, and 2 Km 7:14: Hb 1:5b. The voice of God calls him ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός (s. ἀγαπητός 1) at his baptism Mt 3:17; Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; GEb 18, 37 and 39 and at the Transfiguration Mt 17:5; Mk 9:7; Lk 9:35 (here ἐκλελεγμένος instead of ἀγαπ.); 2 Pt 1:17. Cp. J 1:34. The angel at the Annunciation uses these expressions in referring to him: υἱὸς ὑψίστου Lk 1:32; GJs 11:3 and υἱὸς θεοῦ Lk 1:35 (Ar. 15, 1 ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου. Cp. Just., A I, 23, 2 μόνος ἰδίως υἱὸς τῷ θεῷ γεγέννηται). The centurion refers to him at the crucifixion as υἱὸς θεοῦ Mt 27:54; Mk 15:39; GPt 11:45; cp. vs. 46 (CMann, ET 20, 1909, 563f; JPobee, The Cry of the Centurion, A Cry of Defeat: CFDMoule Festschr. ’70, 91–102; EJohnson, JSNT 31, ’87, 3–22 [an indefinite affirmation of Jesus]). The high priest asks εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 26:63 (DCatchpole, NTS 17, ’71, 213–26). Passers-by ask him to show that he is God’s Son 27:40; sim. the devil 4:3, 6; Lk 4:3, 9. On the other hand, evil spirits address him as the Son of God Mt 8:29; Mk 3:11; 5:7; Lk 4:41; 8:28; and disciples testify that he is Mt 14:33; 16:16. S. also Mk 1:1 (s. SLegg, Ev. Sec. Marc. ’35).—Jesus also refers to himself as Son of God, though rarely apart fr. the Fourth Gosp.: Mt 28:19 (the Risen Lord in the trinitarian baptismal formula); Mt 21:37f=Mk 12:6 (an allusion in the parable of the vinedressers).—Mt 27:43; Mk 13:32; Rv 2:18. The main pass. is the so-called Johannine verse in the synoptics Mt 11:27=Lk 10:22 (s. PSchmiedel, PM 4, 1900,1–22; FBurkitt, JTS 12, 1911, 296f; HSchumacher, Die Selbstoffenbarung Jesu bei Mt 11:27 [Lk 10:22] 1912 [lit.]; Norden, Agn. Th. 277–308; JWeiss, Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 120–29, Urchristentum 1917, 87ff; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 45ff; EMeyer I 280ff; RBultmann, Gesch. d. synopt. Trad.2 ’31, 171f; MDibelius, Die Formgeschichte des Evangeliums2 ’33, 259; MRist, Is Mt 11:25–30 a Primitive Baptismal Hymn? JR 15, ’35, 63–77; TArvedson, D. Mysterium Christi: E. Studie zu Mt 11:25–30, ’37; WDavies, ‘Knowledge’ in the Dead Sea Scrolls and Mt 11:25–30, HTR 45, ’53, 113–39; WGrundmann, Sohn Gottes, ZNW 47, ’56, 113–33; JBieneck, Sohn Gottes als Christusbez. der Synopt. ’51; PWinter, Mt 11:27 and Lk 10:22: NovT 1, ’56, 112–48; JJocz, Judaica 13, ’57, 129–42; OMichel/OBetz, Von Gott Gezeugt, Beih. ZNW [Jeremias Festschr.] 26, ’60, 3–23 [Qumran]).—Apart fr. the synoptics, testimony to Jesus as the Son of God is found in many parts of our lit. Oft. in Paul: Ro 1:3, 4, 9; 5:10; 8:3, 29, 32; 1 Cor 1:9; 15:28; 2 Cor 1:19; Gal 1:16; 2:20; 4:4; Eph 4:13; Col 1:13; 1 Th 1:10. Cp. Ac 9:20. In Hb: 1:2, 8; 4:14; 5:8; 6:6; 7:3, 28; 10:29. In greatest frequency in John (cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 6 the Λόγος as υἱὸς θεοῦ. Likew. Philo, Agr. 51 πρωτόγονος υἱός, Conf. Lingu. 146 υἱὸς θεοῦ.—Theoph. Ant. 2, 1 [p. 154, 12] ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν καὶ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ; Iren. 3, 12, 2 [Harv. II 55, 2]): J 1:49; 3:16–18 (s. μονογενής 2), 35f; 5:19–26; 6:40; 8:35f; 10:36; 11:4, 27; 14:13; 17:1; 19:7; 20:31; 1J 1:3, 7; 2:22–24; 3:8, 23; 4:9f, 14f; 5:5, 9–13, 20; 2J 3, 9.—B 5:9, 11; 7:2, 9; 12:8; 15:5; Dg 7:4; 9:2, 4; 10:2 (τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ; also ApcEsdr 6:16 p. 31, 22 Tdf.; ApcSed 9:1f); IMg 8:2; ISm 1:1; MPol 17:3; Hv 2, 2, 8; Hs 5, 2, 6 (ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀγαπητός); 8; 11; 5, 4, 1; 5, 5, 2; 3; 5; 5, 6, 1; 2; 4; 7 (on the Christology of the Shepherd s. Dibelius, Hdb. on Hs 5, also ALink and JvWalter [πνεῦμα 5cα]); Hs 8, 3, 2; 8, 11, 1. Cp. 9, 1, 1; 9, 12, 1ff.—In trinitarian formulas, in addition to Mt 28:19, also IMg 13:1; EpilMosq 5; D 7:1, 3.—The deceiver of the world appears w. signs and wonders ὡς υἱὸς θεοῦ D 16:4 (ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 28, 32 Tdf. ὁ λέγων• Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ [of Antichrist]).—EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu 1907, 16–44; GVos, The Self-disclosure of Jesus 1926.—EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 404–17; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 211–36; MHengel, The Son of God (tr. JBowden) ’76; DJones, The Title υἱὸς θεοῦ in Acts: SBLSP 24, ’85, 451–63.
    γ. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου lit. ‘the son of the man’ (the pl. form οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων appears freq. in the LXX to render בְּנֵי אָדָם = mortals, e.g. Gen 11:5; Ps 10:4; 11:2; cp. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπολείας J 17:12 [s. 2cβ]) ‘the human being, the human one, the man’ in our lit. only as a byname in ref. to Jesus and in an exclusive sense the Human One, the Human Being, one intimately linked with humanity in its primary aspect of fragility yet transcending it, traditionally rendered ‘the Son of Man.’ The term is found predom. in the gospels, where it occurs in the synoptics about 70 times (about half as oft. if parallels are excluded), and in J 12 times (s. EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 8:31). In every case the title is applied by Jesus to himself. Nowhere within a saying or narrative about him is it found in an address to him: Mt 8:20; 9:6; 10:23; 11:19; 12:8, 32, 40; 13:37, 41; 16:13, 27f; 17:9, 12, 22; 18:10 [11] v.l.; 19:28; 20:18, 28; 24:27, 30, 37, 39, 44; 25:13 v.l., 31; 26:2, 24ab, 45, 64; Mk 2:10, 28; 8:31, 38; 9:9, 12, 31; 10:33, 45; 13:26; 14:21ab, 41, 62; Lk 5:24; 6:5, 22; 7:34; 9:22, 26, 44, 56 v.l., 58; 11:30; 12:8, 10, 40; 17:22, 24, 26, 30; 18:8, 31; 19:10; 21:27, 36; 22:22, 48, 69; 24:7.—John (FGrosheide, Υἱὸς τ. ἀνθρ. in het Evang. naar Joh.: TSt 35, 1917, 242–48; HDieckmann, D. Sohn des Menschen im J: Scholastik 2, 1927, 229–47; HWindisch, ZNW 30, ’31, 215–33; 31, ’32, 199–204; WMichaelis, TLZ 85, ’60, 561–78 [Jesus’ earthly presence]) 1:51; 3:13, 14; 5:27 (BVawter, Ezekiel and John, CBQ 26, ’64, 450–58); 6:27, 53, 62; 8:28; 9:35; 12:23, 34; 13:31. Whether the component of fragility (suggested by OT usage in ref. to the brief span of human life and the ills to which it falls heir) or high status (suggested by traditions that appear dependent on Da 7:13, which refers to one ‘like a human being’), or a blend of the two dominates a specific occurrence can be determined only by careful exegesis that in addition to extra-biblical traditions takes account of the total literary structure of the document in which it occurs. Much neglected in the discussion is the probability of prophetic association suggested by the form of address Ezk 2:1 al. (like the OT prophet [Ezk 3:4–11] Jesus encounters resistance).—On Israelite thought contemporary w. Jesus and alleged knowledge of a heavenly being looked upon as a ‘Son of Man’ or ‘Man’, who exercises Messianic functions such as judging the world (metaph., pictorial passages in En 46–48; 4 Esdr 13:3, 51f) s. Bousset, Rel.3 352–55; NMessel, D. Menschensohn in d. Bilderreden d. Hen. 1922; ESjöberg, Kenna 1 Henok och 4 Esra tanken på den lidande Människosonen? Sv. Ex. Årsb. 5, ’40, 163–83, D. Menschensohn im äth. Hen. ’46. This view is in some way connected w. Da 7:13; acc. to some it derives its real content fr. an eschatological tradition that ultimately goes back to Iran (WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 160–223; Reitzenstein, Erlösungsmyst. 119ff, ZNW 20, 1921, 18–22, Mysterienrel.3 418ff; Clemen2 72ff; CKraeling, Anthropos and Son of Man: A Study in the Religious Syncretism of the Hellenistic Orient 1927); acc. to this tradition the First Man was deified; he will return in the last times and usher in the Kingdom of God.—Outside the gospels: Ac 7:56 (v.l. τοῦ θεοῦ; GKilpatrick, TZ 21, ’65, 209); Rv 1:13; 14:14 (both after Da 7:13; sim. allusion to Da in Just., D. 31, 1). The quot. fr. Ps 8:5 in Hb 2:6 prob. does not belong here, since there is no emphasis laid on υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου. In IEph 20:2 Jesus is described as υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου καὶ υἱὸς θεοῦ. Differently B 12:10 Ἰησοῦς, οὐχὶ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἀλλὰ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Jesus, not a man’s son, but Son of God.—HLietzmann, Der Menschensohn 1896; Dalman, Worte 191–219 (Eng. tr., 234–67); Wlh., Einl.2 123–30; PFiebig, Der Menschensohn 1901; NSchmidt, The Prophet of Nazareth 1905, 94–134, Recent Study of the Term ‘Son of Man’: JBL 45, 1926, 326–49; FTillmann, Der Menschensohn 1907; EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu 1907, 65ff; HHoltzmann, Das messianische Bewusstsein Jesu, 1907, 49–75 (lit.), Ntl. Theologie2 I 1911, 313–35; FBard, D. Sohn d. Menschen 1908; HGottsched, D. Menschensohn 1908; EAbbott, ‘The Son of Man’, etc., 1910; EHertlein, Die Menschensohnfrage im letzten Stadium 1911, ZNW 19, 1920, 46–48; JMoffatt, The Theology of the Gospels 1912, 150–63; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 5–22 (the titles of the works by Wernle and Althaus opposing his first edition [1913], as well as Bousset’s answer, are found s.v. κύριος, end); DVölter, Jesus der Menschensohn 1914, Die Menschensohnfrage neu untersucht 1916; FSchulthess, ZNW 21, 1922, 247–50; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919 (see also the works by the same author referred to above in this entry); EMeyer II 335ff; HGressmann, ZKG n.s. 4, 1922, 170ff, D. Messias 1929, 341ff; GDupont, Le Fils d’Homme 1924; APeake, The Messiah and the Son of Man 1924; MWagner, Der Menschensohn: NKZ 36, 1925, 245–78; Guillaume Baldensperger, Le Fils d’Homme: RHPR 5, 1925, 262–73; WBleibtreu, Jesu Selbstbez. als der Menschensohn: StKr 98/99, 1926, 164–211; AvGall, Βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ 1926; OProcksch, D. Menschensohn als Gottessohn: Christentum u. Wissensch. 3, 1927, 425–43; 473–81; CMontefiore, The Synoptic Gospels2 1927 I 64–80; ROtto, Reich Gottes u. Menschensohn ’34, Eng. tr. The Kgdm. of God and the Son of Man, tr. Filson and Woolf2 ’43; EWechssler, Hellas im Ev. ’36, 332ff; PParker, The Mng. of ‘Son of Man’: JBL 60, ’41, 151–57; HSharman, Son of Man and Kingdom of God ’43; JCampbell, The Origin and Mng. of the Term Son of Man: JTS 48, ’47, 145–55; HRiesenfeld, Jésus Transfiguré ’47, 307–13 (survey and lit.); TManson, ConNeot 11, ’47, 138–46 (Son of Man=Jesus and his disciples in Mk 2:27f); GDuncan, Jesus, Son of Man ’47, 135–53 (survey); JBowman, ET 59, ’47/48, 283–88 (background); MBlack, ET 60, ’48f, 11–15; 32–36; GKnight, Fr. Moses to Paul ’49, 163–72 (survey); TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 237–50; TManson (Da, En and gospels), BJRL 32, ’50, 171–93; TPreiss, Le Fils d’Homme: ÉThR 26/3, ’51, Life in Christ, ’54, 43–60; SMowinckel, He That Cometh, tr. Anderson, ’54, 346–450; GIber, Überlieferungsgesch. Unters. z. Begriff des Menschensohnes im NT, diss. Heidelb. ’53; ESjöberg, D. verborgene Menschensohn in den Ev. ’55; WGrundmann, ZNW 47, ’56, 113–33; HRiesenfeld, The Mythological Backgrd. of NT Christology, CHDodd Festschr. ’56, 81–95; PhVielhauer, Gottesreich u. Menschensohn in d. Verk. Jesu, GDehn Festschr. ’57, 51–79; ESidebottom, The Son of Man in J, ET 68, ’57, 231–35; 280–83; AHiggins, Son of Man- Forschung since (Manson’s) ‘The Teaching of Jesus’: NT Essays (TW Manson memorial vol.) ’59, 119–35; HTödt, D. Menschensohn in d. synopt. Überl. ’59 (tr. Barton ’65); JMuilenburg, JBL 79, ’60, 197–209 (Da, En); ESchweizer, JBL 79, ’60, 119–29 and NTS 9, ’63, 256–61; BvIersel, ‘Der Sohn’ in den synopt. Jesusworten, ’61 (community?); MBlack, BJRL 45, ’63, 305–18; FBorsch, ATR 45, ’63, 174–90; AHiggins, Jesus and the Son of Man, ’64; RFormesyn, NovT 8, ’66, 1–35 (barnasha=‘I’); SSandmel, HSilver Festschr. ’63, 355–67; JJeremias, Die älteste Schicht der Menschensohn-Logien, ZNW 58, ’67, 159–72; GVermes, MBlack, Aram. Approach3, ’67, 310–30; BLindars, The New Look on the Son of Man: BJRL 63, ’81, 437–62; WWalker, The Son of Man, Some Recent Developments CBQ 45, ’83, 584–607; JDonahue, Recent Studies on the Origin of ‘Son of Man’ in the Gospels, CBQ 48, ’86, 584–607; DBurkitt, The Nontitular Son of Man, A History and Critique: NTS 40, ’94 504–21 (lit.); JEllington, BT 40, ’89, 201–8; RGordon, Anthropos: 108–13.—B. 105; DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > υἱός

  • 9 ἀπόστολος

    ἀπόστολος, ου, ὁ (s. ἀποστέλλω). In older Gk. (Lysias, Demosth.) and later (e.g. Posidon.: 87 Fgm. 53 p. 257, 21 Jac. [Strabo 3, 5, 5]) ὁ ἀ. is a naval expedition, prob. also its commander (Anecd. Gr. 217, 26). τὸ ἀπόστολον with (Pla., Ep. 7, 346a) or without (Vi. Hom. 19) πλοῖον means a ship ready for departure. In its single occurrence in Jos. (Ant. 17, 300; it is not found elsewh. in Jewish-Gk. lit.) it prob. means ‘sending out’; in pap mostly ‘bill of lading’ (s. Preisigke, Fachwörter 1915), less freq. ‘certificate of clearance (at a port)’ (BGU V §64 [II A.D.]=Gnomon des Idios Logos). It can also be ‘letter of authorization (relating to shipping)’: Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 443, 10 (15 A.D.); PHerm 6, 11f (cp. Dig. 49, 6, 1 litteras dimissorias sive apostolos). In contrast, in isolated cases it refers to persons who are dispatched for a specific purpose, and the context determines the status or function expressed in such Eng. terms as ‘ambassador, delegate, messenger’ (Hdt. 1, 21; 5, 38; Synesius, Providence 2, 3 p. 122a ἀπόστολοι of ordinary messengers; Sb 7241, 48; BGU 1741, 6 [64 B.C.]; 3 Km 14:6A; Is 18:2 Sym.). Cp. KLake, The Word Ἀ.: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 46–52. It is this isolated usage that is preferred in the NT w. nuances peculiar to its lit. But the extensive use of ἀποστέλλω in documents relating to pers. of merit engaged in administrative service prob. encouraged NT use of the noun, thus in effect disavowing assoc. w. the type of itinerant philosophers that evoked the kind of pejorative term applied by Paul’s audience Ac 17:18.
    ① of messengers without extraordinary status delegate, envoy, messenger (opp. ὁ πέμψας) J 13:16. Of Epaphroditus, messenger of the Philippians Phil 2:25.—2 Cor 8:23.
    ② of messengers with extraordinary status, esp. of God’s messenger, envoy (cp. Epict. 3, 22, 23 of Cynic wise men: ἄγγελος ἀπὸ τ. Διὸς ἀπέσταλται).
    ⓐ of prophets Lk 11:49; Rv 18:20; cp. 2:2; Eph 3:5.
    ⓑ of Christ (w. ἀρχιερεύς) Hb 3:1 (cp. ApcEsdr 2:1 p. 25, 29 T.; Just., A I, 12, 9; the extra-Christian firman Sb 7240, 4f οὐκ ἔστιν θεὸς εἰ μὴ ὁ θεὸς μόνος. Μααμετ ἀπόστολος θεοῦ). GWetter, ‘D. Sohn Gottes’ 1916, 26ff.
    ⓒ but predominately in the NT (of the apologists, only Just.) of a group of highly honored believers w. a special function as God’s envoys. Also Judaism had a figure known as apostle (שָׁלִיחַ; Schürer III 124f w. sources and lit.; Billerb. III 1926, 2–4; JTruron, Theology 51, ’48, 166–70; 341–43; GDix, ibid. 249–56; 385f; JBühner, art. ἄ. in EDNT I 142–46). In Christian circles, at first ἀ. denoted one who proclaimed the gospel, and was not strictly limited: Paul freq. calls himself an ἀ.: Ro 1:1; 11:13; 1 Cor 1:1; 9:1f; 15:9; 2 Cor 1:1; Gal 1:1; Eph 1:1; Col 1:1; 1 Ti 1:1; 2:7; 2 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:1.—1 Cl 47:1. Of Barnabas Ac 14:14; 15:2. Of Andronicus and Junia (less prob. Junias, s. Ἰουνία) Ro 16:7. Of James, the Lord’s brother Gal 1:19. Of Peter 1 Pt 1:1; 2 Pt 1:1. Then esp. of the 12 apostles οἱ δώδεκα ἀ. (cp. ParJer 9:20; AscIs 3:21; 4:3) Mt 10:2; Mk 3:14; Lk 22:14 (v.l. οἱ δώδεκα); cp. 6:13; 9:10; 17:5; Ac 1:26 (P-HMenoud, RHPR 37 ’57, 71–80); Rv 21:14; PtK 3 p. 15, 18. Peter and the apostles Ac 2:37; 5:29. Paul and apostles Pol 9:1 (cp. AcPlTh Aa I, 235 app. of Thecla). Gener. the apostles Mk 6:30; Lk 24:10; 1 Cor 4:9; 9:5; 15:7; 2 Cor 11:13; 1 Th 2:7; Ac 1:2; 2:42f; 4:33, 35, 37; 5:2, 12, 18, 34 v.l., 40; 6:6; 8:1, 14, 18; 9:27; 11:1; 14:4; 2 Pt 3:2; Jd 17; IEph 11:2; IMg 7:1; 13:2; ITr 2:2; 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 5:1; ISm 8:1; D ins; 11:3, 6. As a governing board, w. the elders Ac 15:2, 4, 6, 22f; 16:4. As possessors of the most important spiritual gift 1 Cor 12:28f. Proclaimers of the gospel 1 Cl 42:1f; B 5:9; Hs 9, 17, 1. Prophesying strife 1 Cl 44:1. Working miracles 2 Cor 12:12. W. overseers, teachers and attendants Hv 3, 5, 1; Hs 9, 15, 4; w. teachers Hs 9, 25, 2; w. teachers, preaching to those who had fallen asleep Hs 9, 16, 5; w. var. Christian officials IMg 6:1; w. prophets Eph 2:20; D 11:3; Pol 6:3. Christ and the apostles as the foundation of the church IMg 13:1; ITr 12; 2; cp. Eph 2:20. οἱ ἀ. and ἡ ἐκκλησία w. the three patriarchs and the prophets IPhld 9:1. The Holy Scriptures named w. the ap. 2 Cl 14:2 (sim. ApcSed 14:10 p. 136, 17 Ja.). Paul ironically refers to his opponents (or the original apostles; s. s.v. ὑπερλίαν) as οἱ ὑπερλίαν ἀ. the super-apostles 2 Cor 11:5; 12:11. The orig. apostles he calls οἱ πρὸ ἐμοῦ ἀ. Gal 1:17; AcPlCor 2:4.—Harnack, Mission4 I 1923, 332ff (Eng. tr. I 319–31). WSeufert, D. Urspr. u. d. Bed. d. Apostolates 1887; EHaupt, Z. Verständnis d. Apostolates im NT 1896; EMonnier, La notion de l’Apostolat des origines à Irénée 1903; PBatiffol, RB n.s. 3, 1906, 520–32; Wlh., Einleitung2, 1911, 138–47; EBurton, AJT 16, 1912, 561–88, Gal comm. 1921, 363–84; RSchütz, Apostel u. Jünger 1921; EMeyer I 265ff; III 255ff. HVogelstein, Development of the Apostolate in Judaism, etc.: HUCA 2, 1925, 99–123; JWagenmann, D. Stellg. d. Ap. Pls neben den Zwölf 1926; WMundle, D. Apostelbild der AG: ZNW 27, 1928, 36–54; KRengstorf, TW I 406–46 (s. critique by HConzelmann, The Theol. of St. Luke ’60, 216, n. 1), Apost. u. Predigtamt ’34; J-LLeuba, Rech. exégét. rel. à l’apostolat dans le NT, diss. Neuchâtel ’36; PSaintyves, Deux mythes évangéliques, Les 12 apôtres et les 72 disciples ’38; GSass, Apostelamt u. Kirche … paulin. Apostelbegr. ’39; EKäsemann, ZNW 40, ’41, 33–71; RLiechtenhan, D. urchr. Mission ’46; ESchweizer, D. Leben d. Herrn in d. Gemeinde u. ihren Diensten ’46; AFridrichsen, The Apostle and His Message ’47; HvCampenhausen, D. urchristl. Apostelbegr.: StTh 1, ’47, 96–130; HMosbech, ibid. 2, ’48, 166–200; ELohse, Ursprung u. Prägung des christl. Apostolates: TZ 9, ’53, 259–75; GKlein, Die 12 Apostel, ’60; FHahn, Mission in the NT, tr. FClarke, ’65; WSchmithals, The Office of the Apostle, tr. JSteely, ’69; KKertelge, Das Apostelamt des Paulus, BZ 14, ’70, 161–81. S. also ἐκκλησία end, esp. Holl and Kattenbusch; also HBetz, Hermeneia: Gal ’79, 74f (w. additional lit.); FAgnew, On the Origin of the Term ἀπόστολος: CBQ 38, ’76, 49–53 (survey of debate); KHaacker, NovT 30, ’88, 9–38 (Acts). Ins evidence (s. e.g. SIG index) relating to the verb ἀποστέλλω is almost gener. ignored in debate about the meaning of the noun.—DELG s.v. στέλλω A. EDNT. M-M. TW. Spicq.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἀπόστολος

  • 10 ἐν

    ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.
    ① marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)
    ⓐ of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.
    ⓑ on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.
    ⓒ within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.
    ⓓ among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.
    ⓔ before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).
    ⓕ esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.
    ② marker of a state or condition, in
    ⓐ of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.
    ⓑ of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.
    ③ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.
    ④ marker of close association within a limit, in
    ⓐ fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.
    ⓑ of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.
    ⓒ esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.
    ⑤ marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).
    ⓐ it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’
    α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).
    β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.
    ⓑ it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).
    ⑥ marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).
    ⑦ marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.
    ⑧ marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.
    ⑨ marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)
    ⓐ gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.
    ⓑ w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.
    ⑩ marker of a period of time, in, while, when
    ⓐ indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.
    ⓑ point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.
    ⓒ to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.
    ⑪ marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.
    ⑫ marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐν

  • 11 εἴδω

    εἴδω, no [voice] Act. [tense] pres. in use, ὁράω being used:—[voice] Med., v.infr. A.11: [tense] aor. 2 [full] εἶδον always in sense of
    A see (so in [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med., to be seen, i.e. seem): but [tense] pf. [full] οἶδα, in [tense] pres. sense, know. (With ἔ-ϝιδον, cf. ([etym.] ϝ) είδομαι, (ϝ) εῖδος, Lat. videre; with ([etym.] ϝ) οῖδα, cf. Skt. véda, Goth. wait, OE. wát 'know'.)
    A [tense] aor. 2 εἶδον (late

    εἶδα Orph.A. 118

    ), serving as [tense] aor. to ὁράω, [dialect] Ep. ἴδον, iter.

    ἴδεσκε Il.3.217

    , late [dialect] Aeol.

    εὔιδον Epigr.Gr.990.11

     ([place name] Balbilla); imper. ἴδε (in [dialect] Att. written as Adv. ἰδέ, behold! Hdn.Gr.2.23), ἴδετε; subj. ἴδω, [dialect] Ep.

    ἴδωμι Il.18.63

    ; opt. ἴδοιμι; inf. ἰδεῖν, [dialect] Ep. ἰδέειν; part. ἰδών: hence, [tense] fut.

    ἰδησῶ Theoc.3.37

    :—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 2 εἰδόμην, [dialect] Ep. ἰδόμην, in same sense, poet., [dialect] Ion., and later Prose (c. gen., Arat.430) (so in compds., even in [dialect] Att. Prose, v. ἐπ-, προ-, ὑπ-ειδόμην); imper. ἰδοῦ (freq. written as Adv. ἰδού, = ἰδέ); subj. ἴδωμαι; opt. ἰδοίμην; inf. ἰδέσθαι; part.

    ἰδόμενος Hdt.1.88

    , al.:
    1 see, perceive, behold, ὀφθαλμοῖσι or ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι ἰδέσθαι see before the eyes, Il.1.587, etc.;

    ἰδεῖν ἐν ὄμμασιν E.Or. 1020

    ; ἄγε, πειρήσομαι ἠδὲ ἴδωμαι well, I will try and see, Od.6.126, cf. 21.159; mark, observe, Il.4.476, Od.4.412, etc.: folld. by relat. clause,

    ἴδωμ' ὅτιν' ἔργα τέτυκται Il.22.450

    ;

    ἀλλ' ἄγε θᾶσσον ἰδώμεθα ὅττι τάδ' ἐστίν Od.10.44

    : freq. in inf. after Subst. or Adj., θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι a marvel to behold, Il.5.725;

    οἰκτραῖσιν ἰδεῖν A.Pr. 240

    ;

    ἐλεινὸς ἰδεῖν Pl.R. 620a

    .
    b see a person, i.e. meet him, speak with him, Th.4.125, X.An.2.4.15, etc.
    c see, i.e. experience,

    νόστιμον ἦμαρ ἰδέσθαι Od.3.233

    , etc.;

    δούλειον ἦμαρ ἰδεῖν E.Hec.56

    ;

    ἀέλιον ἕτερον ἰδεῖν S.Tr. 835

    ;

    τὴν δίκην ἰδεῖν Id.Ant. 1270

     (lyr.); ἀλόχου κουριδίης.. οὔ τι χάριν ἴδε he saw (i.e. enjoyed) not the favour of his wedded wife, Il.11.243.
    2 look, ἰδεῖν ἐς .. look at or towards, 2.271, etc.; ἰδεῖν ἐπί .. 23.143; πρός .. Od.12.244; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι look him in the face, Il.9.373, etc.;

    κατ' ἐνῶπα ἰδών 15.320

    ; ἄντα, ἐσάντα, or ἄντην ἰδεῖν, 13.184, 17.334, Od.5.78, etc.: qualified by Adv. or Adj., ὑπόδρα ἰδών looking askance, Il.1.148, al.; ἀχρεῖον ἰδών looking helpless, 2.269; κέρδος ἰδεῖν look to gain, A.Eu. 541 (lyr.).
    3 see mentally, perceive, ἰδέσθαι ἐν φρεσίν ' to see in his mind's eye', Il.21.61, cf. 4.249;

    ἰδεῖν τῇ διανοίᾳ Pl.R. 511a

    .
    b examine, investigate, Id.Phd. 70e, Tht. 192e; consider,

    ἴδωμεν τί λέγομεν Id.Grg. 455a

    .
    II [voice] Med., [tense] pres. [full] εἴδομαι, [dialect] Ep.

    ἐείδεται Theoc.25.58

    , part.

    ἐειδόμενος Pi.

    N..10.15: [tense] aor. εἰσάμην, [dialect] Ep. part.

    ἐεισάμενος Il. 2.22

    , al.:—only [dialect] Ep.and Lyr., to be seen, appear, εἴδεται ἄστρα they are visible, appear, 8.559;

    εἰ. ἦμαρ ὑπὸ Τρώεσσι δαμῆναι 13.98

    ;

    εἴσατο δέ σφι δεξιός 24.319

    ;

    ὅπη τὸ Ταρτάρειον εἴδεται βάθρον Epigr.Gr.1034.19

     ([place name] Callipolis), cf. Od.5.283; perh. also οὔ πῃ χροὸς εἴσατο none of the skin was visible, Il.13.191.
    B [tense] pf., οἶδα I know, used as [tense] pres.: [tense] plpf. ᾔδεα (v. infr.), I knew, used as [tense] impf.:—[tense] pf. οἶδα, [dialect] Aeol.

    ὄϊδα Alc. 145

    ; [ per.] 2sg. οἶδας once in Hom., Od.1.337, cf. h.Merc. 456, Thgn.491, Hippon.89, Hp.Acut.67, E.Alc. 780, Philem.44.3 codd.; οἶσθα elsewh. in Hom., [dialect] Att., etc.; in Com. also sts.

    οἶσθας Cratin.105

    , Alex.15.11, Men.348.5, cf. Herod.2.55; pl., ἴσμεν, [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., and [dialect] Dor. ἴδμεν, also [dialect] Ion., Hdt.1.6, al.; ἴστε, ἴσασι [ῐς- Od.2.211, al., but ῑς- ib. 283, al.];

    οἴδαμεν Hdt.2.17

    ,

    οἴδατε AP12.81

     (Mel.),

    οἴδᾱσι Hdt.2.43

    , X.Oec. 20.14 codd.; dual,

    οἴδατον Socr.Ep.22.1

    : imper. ἴσθι, ἴστω, [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω, late

    ἰδέτω Phalar.Ep. 122

     codd.: from [ per.] 3pl. ἴσασι (

    ἴσαντι Epich. 53

     ) were formed [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1sg.

    ἴσᾱμι Epich.254

    , Pi.P.4.248; [ per.] 3sg.

    ἴσατι IG14.644.4

     ([place name] Bruttii); [ per.] 1pl.

    ἴσᾰμεν Pi.N.7.14

    , ἴσαμες prob. in Dialex. 6.12; Cret. [ per.] 3pl. subj.

    ἴθθαντι GDI5024

    ; inf. ϝισάμην Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn 34 No.3.19; part.

    ἴσας A.D.Adv.175.19

    , dat. sg.

    ἴσαντι Pi.P.3.29

    , Cret. pl.

    ἴθθαντες GDI5024

    : subj. εἰδῶ (εἰδέω, ἰδέω, Il.14.235, Od.16.236), [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl.

    εἰδέωσι SIG45.21

     (Halic., V B.C.); [dialect] Ep. also

    εἴδω Od.1.174

    , al. (cf. Hdn. Gr.2.131),

    εἴδομεν Il.1.363

    ,

    εἴδετε Od.9.17

    : opt. εἰδείην, [ per.] 1pl.

    εἰδεῖμεν Pl.La. 190b

    , R. 582a: inf. εἰδέναι, [dialect] Ep. ἴδμεναι, ἴδμεν, also

    ἰδέμεν Pi.N.7.25

    : part. εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα, [dialect] Ep. also ἰδυῖα, Elean

    ϝειζώς Schwyzer 409

    :—[tense] plpf.

    ᾔδεα Il.14.71

    , Hdt.2.150, [var] contr.

    ᾔδη S.Ant.18

    , Ar.Av. 511, Pl.Smp. 119a,

    ᾔδησθα Od.19.93

    , Eup. 416, etc. (but ᾔδεισθα freq. in codd., Ar.Ec. 551, E.Cyc. 108, Pl.Men. 80d, al.), ᾔδεε ([etym.] ν) Il.17.402, al.,

    ᾔδη 1.70

    , al. (also later [dialect] Att., acc. to Aristarch. ap. Choerob.in Theod.2.86), [dialect] Att. [var] contr. ᾔδει ([etym.] ν) E. Ion 1187, Ar.V. 558, etc.; [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἠείδης, ἠείδη (v.l. - εις, - ει), Il.22.280, Od.9.206; [dialect] Att. also [ per.] 1sg.

    ᾔδειν D.37.24

    , [ per.] 2sg.

    ᾔδεις Ar.Th. 554

    , etc.; pl.,

    ᾔδειμεν Aeschin.3.82

    , Arist.APo. 87b40,

    ᾔδεμεν Men.14D.

     (to be read in S.OT 1232),

    ᾔδειτε D.55.9

    , etc. ( ᾔδετε prob. in E.Ba. 1345), [dialect] Ion.

    ᾐδέατε Hdt.9.58

     ([etym.] συν-)

    , ᾔδεισαν LXX Ge.42.23

    , Str.15.3.23,

    ᾔδεσαν Hdt.7.175

    , Thgn.54, etc.; late [dialect] Ep. ᾔδειν, ἠείδειν, A.R.2.65,4.1700, also ᾖσμεν, ᾖστε, ᾖσαν, Ar.Fr.149.4 (prob.), S.Fr. 340, E. Cyc. 231, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.

    ἴσαν Il.18.405

    , Od.4.772:—[tense] fut., in this sense,

    εἴσομαι Il.1.548

    , Hp.VM20, Ar.Ach. 332, etc.; also

    εἰδήσω Od.7.327

    , Hdt.7.234, Isoc.1.44, Aen.Tact.31.5, Arist.Top. 108a28, Herod.5.78, Apollon.Perg.Con.1 Praef., etc.; inf.

    εἰδησέμεν Od.6.257

    .—The [tense] aor. and [tense] pf. are usu. supplied by γιγνώσκω; [tense] aor. 1 inf. εἰδῆσαι is found in Hp.Acut.(Sp.) 22, Epid.6.8.25 (ἐξ-), Arist.EN 1156b27, Thphr.Char. Prooem.4; imper.

    εἴδησον PCair.Zen.36.2

     (iii B.C.); [ per.] 3pl. subj. εἰδήσωσιν Herzog Koische Forschungen No. 190 (ii/i B.C.):—know, have knowledge of, be acquainted with, Hom., etc.: c. acc. rei,

    ὃς ᾔδη τά τ' ἐόντα τά τ' ἐσσόμενα πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70

    ; νοήματα, μήδεα οἶδε, Od.2.122, Il.18.363, etc.: less freq. c. acc. pers.,

    τούτους μὲν δὴ οἶδα Od.4.551

    , cf. Pl.R. 365e, D.54.34, etc.; πρῶτος ὧν ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν the first we know of, Hdt.1.6, etc.;

    παλαίτατος ὧν ἀκοῇ ἴσμεν Th.1.4

    : strengthd. by εὖ or σάφα, εὖ τόδ' ἴσθι know well, be assured of this, E.Med. 593;

    σάφ' οἶδ' ἐγώ A.Supp. 740

    , etc.: freq. in Hom. with neut. Adj., to express character or disposition, ἄγρια οἶδε has fierceness in his heart, Il.24.41; ἀθεμίστια ᾔδη had law lessness in his heart, Od.9.189; αἴσιμα, ἄρτια ᾔδη, 14.433, 19.248; εἴ μοι ἤπια εἰδείη if he were kindly disposed towards me, Il.16.73;

    φίλα εἰδότες ἀλλήλοισιν Od.3.277

    ; κεχαρισμένα, πεπνυμένα εἰδώς, 8.584, 24.442: c. gen.,

    ὃς σάφα θυμῷ εἰδείη τεράων Il. 12.229

    ;

    ὃς πάσης εἰδῇ σοφίης 15.412

    ; τόξων ἐῢ εἰδώς cunning with the bow, 2.718;

    αἰχμῆς ἐῢ εἰ. 15.525

    ;

    οἰωνῶν σάφα εἰδώς Od.1.202

    ;

    ἐῢ εἰδὼς τεκτοσυνάων 5.250

    ;

    μάχης ἐῢ εἰδότε πάσης Il.2.823

    ;

    κύνε εἰδότε θήρης 10.360

    ;

    παῖδ' ἔτ' ἐόντ' οὔ πω μάλα εἰδότε θούριδος ἀλκῆς 11.710

    ;

    εἰδὼς πυγμαχίης 23.665

    ;

    θεοπροπίων ἐῢ εἰδώς 6.438

    ; χάριν εἰδέναι τινί acknowledge a debt to another, thank him, 14.235, Hdt.3.21, etc.: imper., freq. in protestations, ἴστω νῦν Ζεὺς αὐτός be Zeus my witness, Il.10.329;

    ἴστω νῦν τόδε Γαῖα 15.36

    , etc.; [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω Ἡρακλῆς etc., Ar.Ach. 860, etc.: part. εἰδώς, abs., one who knows, one acquainted with the fact,

    ἰδυίῃ πάντ' ἀγορεύω Il.1.365

    ;

    μετ' εἰδόσιν ἀγορεύειν 10.250

    ;

    μακρηγορεῖν ἐν εἰδόσιν Th.2.36

    , cf. 3.53;

    μαθεῖν παρὰ τοῦ εἰδότος Pl.R. 337d

    , etc.; also ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσι with knowing mind, Il.1.608,al.
    2 c. inf., know how to do,

    οἶδ' ἐπὶ δεξιά, οἶδ' ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ νωμῆσαι βῶν 7.238

    , cf. S.Ph. 1010, Ar.V. 376; also, to be in a condition, be able, have the power, E.Med. 664, D.4.40; of drugs,

    ὅσα λεπτύνειν οἶδε Alex.

     Trall.Febr.6; of a festival, οἶδε ἐκπέμπουσα δάκνειν Chor.p.124 B.; learn,

    ἵν' εἰδῇ μὴ 'πὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς κακοῖς ὑψηλὸς εἶναι E.Hipp. 729

    .
    3 c. part., to know that such and such is the fact, the part. being in nom. when it is a predicate of the Subject of the Verb, ἴσθι μοι δώσων know that thou wilt give, A.Ag. 1670;

    ἴστω ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφεοῦ ἀποθανών Hdt.4.76

    ;

    οὐ γὰρ οἶδα δεσπότας κεκτημένος E.Hec. 397

    : in acc. when it is predicate of the Object,

    τοὺς φιλτάτους γὰρ οἶδα νῷν ὄντας πικρούς A.Ch. 234

    ;

    τὸν Μῆδον ἴσμεν ἐκ περάτων γῆς ἐλθόντα Th.1.69

    : with part. omitted, γῆν αὐτὰ οἶδεν ἀμφότερα (sc. ὄντα) Jul.Or.7.226a.
    4 less freq.c.acc. et inf.,

    πλήθους.. ἂν σάφ' ἴσθ' ἕκατι βάρβαρον ναυσὶν κρατῆσαι A.Pers. 337

    , cf. S.Ph. 1329;

    εὖ ἴσθι τοῦτον.. ἰσχυρῶς ἀνιᾶσθαι X.Cyr.8.3.44

    ; also

    εὖ τόδ' ἴσθι, μηδάμ' ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ πλῆθος τοσουτάριθμον ἀνθρώπων θανεῖν A.Pers. 431

    ;

    ἕν γ' ἀκούσασ' ἴσθι, μὴ ψευδῶς μ' ἐρεῖν E.IA 1005

    .
    6 οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ .. I know not whether, to express disbelief or doubt, sts. with ἄν transposed,

    οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμί σε E. Alc.48

    , cf. D.45.7: with Verb omitted after εἰ, as οὐκ οἶδ' εἴ τις ἄλλος perhaps no other, Isoc.6.1, 12.10.
    7 in similar ellipses with other Conjunctions, οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως I know not how, Pl.R. 40cb;

    οὐκ οἶδ' ὁπόθεν Id.Cra. 396d

    .
    8 οἶδα, ἴσθι are freq. parenthetic,

    οἶδ' ἐγώ E.Med. 948

    ; σάφ' οἶδα ib.94, 963; also οἶδ' ὅτι, οἶσθ' ὅτι, ἴσθ' ὅτι, πάρειμι δ' ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν, οἶδ' ὅτι (sc. πάρειμι ) I know it well, S.Ant. 276; οἶδ' ὅτι, freq. in D., as 9.1, al.;

    σάφ' ἴσθ' ὅτι Ar.Pl. 889

    :—οἶσθ' ὅ, οἶσθ' ὡς, with imper., are common in Trag. and Com., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δρᾶσον; do—thou know'st what, i.e. make haste and do, Ar.Eq. 1158, cf. Pax 1051, etc.; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; S.OT 543; also οἶσθ'.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς; Id.OC75; οἶσθα νῦν ἅ μοι γενέσθω; E.IT 1203: rarely with the [tense] fut., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δράσεις (nisileg. δρᾶσον); Id.Cyc. 131, cf. Med. 600 codd.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἴδω

  • 12 Ζεύς

    Ζεύς, ὁ, nom. Il.1.175, al., once written
    A

    Ζηύς IG12(3).1313

     ([place name] Thera), but Ζεύς ib.1316, al.; [dialect] Boeot. Δεύς (q.v.); voc.

    Ζεῦ Il.1.503

    , etc.; gen.

    Διϝός BMus.Inscr.952

     (Cephallenia, vi B.C.),

    Διός Il.1.63

    , etc.; dat.

    Διϝί Schwyzer 80

     (Argive, from Olympia, v B.C.),

    Διί Il.1.578

    , al., IG12.80.12 (v B.C.), etc., [var] contr. Δί [ῑ] Pi.O.13.106, SIG9,35 (Elis, vi B.C., Syrac., v B.C., from Olympia); late

    Δεΐ JHS32.167

     ([place name] Pisidia), etc.; acc. Δία, rarer than Διός, Διί in Hom. (Il.1.394, al.), freq. later (cf. Skt. dyaús, gen. divás, loc. diví 'sky', 'heaven', 'day', loc. also dyávi,= Lat. Jove, acc. dyā´m,= Lat. diem,= Gr. Ζῆν (v. infr.)): also nom. [full] Ζήν prob. in A.Supp. 162 (lyr.); gen. dat. acc. Ζηνός, Ζηνί, Ζῆνα, Il.4.408, 2.49, 14.157, al., freq. in Trag. (Com. only in Trag. phrases); Coan

    Ζηνί SIG1025.24

     (iv/iii B.C.); acc. Ζῆν (

    Ζῆν' Aristarch.

    ) Il.8.206, 14.265, 24.331, Hes.Th. 884, at end of verse, before vowel in next verse (stem Ζην- prob. originated in acc. sg.); Cret. Ττηνός, Ττηνί, GDI5024.23, 77, Τῆνα, Τηνί, ib.5039.11, 5145.12,

    Δῆνα SIG527.17

     (iii B.C.); nom. Δήν Hdn.Gr.2.911:—[dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. forms with α (of doubtful origin), nom. [full] Ζάν Pythag. ap. Porph.VP17, Ar.Av. 570; gen.

    Ζανός Schwyzer 696

     (Chios, iv B.C.), Cerc.1.7, Philox.3.10, IG5(1).407 (Sparta, ii A.D.); Ζανός and Ζανί, Lyr.Adesp. 82A, B ([place name] Ionic); acc.

    Ζᾶνα Call.Fr.10.6P.

    , cf. Euhem.24J. ( FGrH 63); nom. [full] Ζάς Pherecyd.Syr.1, 2 ( Ζής ap.Hdn.Gr. l.c.),

    Ζάς Ζαντός Choerob. in Theod.1.116

    ; [full] Δάν (q. v.); [full] Τάν Head Hist.Num. 2469 ([place name] Crete); nom. [full] Δίς Rhinth.14, Hdn.Gr. l.c.:—obl. cases Ζεός, Ζεΐ, Ζέα, cited by S.E.M.1.177, 195; Ζεῦν f.l. for Ζῆν' Aeschrio 8.5: the pl. Δίες, Δίας, Διῶν, Δισί, Ael.Dion.Fr. 127;

    τοὺς κτησίους Δίας Ath. 11.473b

    ;

    Δίες καὶ Ζῆνες Stoic.2.191

    ; Elean

    Ζᾶνες Paus.5.21.2

    :— Zeus, the sky-god, ὔει μὲν ὀ Z. Alc.34, cf. SIG93.34 (v B.C.), Thphr. Char.14.12, etc.;

    Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476

    ; ὦ Ζεῦ καὶ πάντες θεοί, ὦ Ζεῦ καὶ θεοί, X.Cyr.2.2.10, Ar.Pl.1, etc.;

    Ζεῦ Ζεῦ A.Ch. 246

    , Ar.V. 323 (lyr., prob. l.);

    ὦ Ζεῦ βασιλεῦ, τῆς λεπτότητος τῶν φρενῶν Id.Nu. 153

    ; in oaths, οὐ μὰ Ζῆνα, twice in Hom., Il.23.43, Od.20.339: freq. in Com. and Prose,

    οὐ μὰ Δία Ar.V. 193

    , Pl.R. 426b (c.Art.,

    μὰ τὸν Δί', οὐ Ar.V. 169

    , al.);

    ναὶ μὰ Δία Id.Ach.88

    , X.Mem.2.7.14; νὴ τὸν Δία or νὴ Δία, Ar.V. 217, Eq. 319, etc.; cf.

    νηδί; πρὸς τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130

    ;

    πρὸς Διός X.An.5.7.32

    ; οὐ τὸν Δία alone, Ar.Lys. 986: prov. of enormous wealth,

    τῷ Διὶ πλούτου πέρι ἐρίζειν Hdt.5.49

    .
    II of other deities, Ζ. καταχθόνιος,= Πλούτων, Il.9.457;

    Ζ. χθόνιος S.OC 1606

    , SIG1024.25 (Myconos, iii/ii B.C.); of non-Greek divinities,

    Ζ. Ἄμμων Pi.P. 4.16

    , etc.; freq. of Semitic Baalim, Z. Βεελβώσωρος, etc., OGI620 (Gerasa, i A.D.)), etc.; Z. Ὠρομάσδης,= Pers. Ahuramazda, ib.383.41 (Nemrud Dagh, i B.C.).
    III of persons, ὁ σχινοκέφαλος Z., iron. of Pericles, Cratin.71; in flattery of kings, Hdt.7.56 (of Xerxes); Ξέρξης ὁ τῶν Περσῶν Z. Gorg.Fr.5aD.; [

    ἱερεὺς] Σελεύκου Διὸς Νικάτορος OGI245.10

     (ii B.C.); of the Roman emperors, Opp.C.1.3; Νέρων Z.

    Ἐλευθέριος IG7.2713.41

     ([place name] Acraephiae), etc.;

    Ζῆνα τὸν Αἰνεάδην AP9.307

     (Phil.).
    IV Διὸς ἀστήρ the planet Jupiter, Pl.Epin. 987c, Arist.Mete. 343b30, etc.; so

    Ζεύς Placit.2.32.1

    , Cleom.2.7; Διὸς ἡμέρα a day of the week, D.C.37.19.
    V Pythag. name for the monad, Theol.Ar.12.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > Ζεύς

  • 13 καθαιρέω

    καθαιρ-έω, [dialect] Ion. [pref] κατ-, [dialect] Aeol. [full] κατάγρημι, q.v.: [tense] fut.
    A

    - ήσω Il.11.453

    , etc.: [tense] fut. 2

    καθελῶ APl.4.334

     (Antiphil.): [tense] aor.2 καθεῖλον, inf. καθελεῖν: [tense] aor. 1

    καθεῖλα LXX 3 Ki.19.14

    : [dialect] Ion. [tense] pf. part. [voice] Pass.

    καταραιρημένος Hdt.2.172

    :— take down,

    καθείλομεν ἱστία Od. 9.149

    ;

    κὰδ δ' ἀπὸ πασσαλόφι ζυγὸν ᾕρεον Il.24.268

    ; κ. ἄχθος take it down, i.e. off one's shoulders, Ar.Ra.10;

    κ. τὸ σημεῖον And.1.36

    ; κ. τῶν ἐκ τῆς στοᾶς ὅπλων some of them, X.HG5.4.8;

    κ. εἰκόνα ἐξ ἀκροπόλεως Lycurg.117

    ; κ. τινά, from the cross, Plb.1.86.6, Ph.2.529:—[voice] Med., κατελέσθαι τὰ τόξα take down one's bow, Hdt.3.78;

    τοὺς ἱστούς Plb.1.61.1

    .
    3 of sorcerers, bring down from the sky,

    σελήνην Ar.Nu. 750

    , Pl.Grg. 513a.
    II put down by force, destroy,

    ὅτε κέν μιν μοῖρ' ὀλοὴ καθέλῃσι Od.2.100

    , 19.145, cf. 3.238, etc.;

    μὴ καθέλοι μιν αἰών Pi.O.9.60

    ;

    φῶτ' ἄδικον καθαιρεῖ A.Ag. 398

    (lyr.);

    μοῖρα τὸν φύσαντα καθεῖλε S.Aj. 517

    , cf. E.El. 878(lyr.), etc.; kill, slay, ταῦρον ib. 1143, cf. Stesich.23, S.Tr. 1063, Fr. 205; ἐάν τις ἀποκτείνῃ.. ἐν ὁδῷ καθελών Lexap.D.23.53:—[voice] Pass., of criminals, to be executed, Plu.Them.22.
    2 put down, reduce,

    κ. Κῦρον καὶ τὴν Περσέων δύναμιν Hdt.1.71

    , etc.; καθαιρεθῆναι, opp. ἀρθῆναι, D.2.8; esp. depose, dethrone, Hdt.1.124, etc.; κ. τὸ λῃστικὸν ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης remove it utterly from.., Th.1.4, cf. POxy.1408.23 (iii A.D.);

    κ. ὕβριν τινός Hdt.9.27

    , LXXZa.9.6;

    ὄλβον S.Fr.646.4

    ; ὑπερηφάνους Aristeas 263:—[voice] Pass., καθῃρημένος τὴν αἴσθησιν bereft of sense, Plu.Per.38; καθαιρεῖσθαι τῆς μεγαλειότητος [Ἀρτέμιδος] Act.Ap.19.27.
    3 raze to the ground, demolish,

    πόλεις Th.1.58

    , al., LXXIs.14.17;

    τείχη Pl. Mx. 244c

    ; τῶν τειχῶν a part of the walls, X.HG4.4.13:—[voice] Pass., Th. 5.39, etc.;

    καθῃρέθη.. Οἰχαλία δορί S.Tr. 478

    .
    4 cancel, rescind,

    τὸ Μεγαρέων ψήφισμα Th.1.140

    , cf. 139, Plu.Per.29;

    ἔργον κ. λόγῳ Philem.140

    .
    5 as law-term, condemn, ἡ καθαιροῦσα ψῆφος a verdict of guilty, Lys.13.37: c. inf.,

    ἐμὲ πάλος καθαιρεῖ.. λαβεῖν S. Ant. 275

    ; so prob.

    κατά με.. Ἀΐδας ἕλοι πατρὶ ξυνθανεῖν Id.OC 1689

     (lyr.), cf. E.Or. 862; simply, decide,

    ὅ τι ἂν αἱ πλείους ψῆφοι καθαιρῶσι D.H.7.36

    , 39; in book-keeping, ἃν καθαιρῶσιν αἱ ψῆφοι whatever the counters (or accounts) prove, prob. in D.18.227.
    III overpower, seize,

    κὰδ δέ μιν ὕπνος ᾕρει Od. 9.372

    ; κ. τινά overtake, X.Cyr.4.3.16; κ. τινὰ ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ catch in the act of folly, S.Ant. 383 (anap.): c. gen. partis, κ. τῶν ὤτων seize by.., Theoc.5.133:—[voice] Pass.,

    κ. ὑπό τινος Hdt.6.29

    .
    IV fetch down as a reward or prize,

    καθαιρεῖν ἀγῶνας Plu.Pomp.8

    : metaph., achieve,

    ἀγώνιον.. εὖχος ἔργῳ καθελών Pi.O.10(11).63

    : [tense] fut. inf. καθαρεῖν, παστόν, μίτραν, Epigr. in Berl.Sitzb.1894.908 (Asia Minor):—[voice] Med.,

    φόνῳ καθαιρεῖσθ', οὐ λόγῳ, τὰ πράγματα E.Supp. 749

    :—[voice] Pass., Hdt.7.50.
    V less freq. like the simple αἱρεῖν, take and carry off, Id.6.41, cf.5.36 ([voice] Pass.). Cf. καθαίρω.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > καθαιρέω

  • 14 κάθημαι

    κάθημαι, [dialect] Ion. [pref] κάτ-, [ per.] 2sg. κάθησαι ([dialect] Ion.
    A

    κάτ- Hdt.3.134

    ) X.Cyr.3.1.6, prob.in Call.Sos. vi4,

    κάθῃ Hyp.Fr. 115

    , Act.Ap.23.3, dub.l.in Com.Adesp.1203, ([etym.] προ-) Them.Or.13.171a codd.; [ per.] 3sg.

    κάθηται Ar.Lys. 597

    , Pl.Ap. 35c, D.9.70, SIG987.26 (Chios, iv B.C.); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl.

    κατέαται Hdt.2.86

    ; imper.

    κάθησο Il.2.191

    , E.IA 627;

    κάθου Ar.Fr. 620

    , Anaxandr.13, Men.1017, Alex.224; κάθουσο Sch.Theoc.11.42; [ per.] 3sg.

    καθήσθω A.Pr. 916

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    καθήσθωσαν IG9(2).1109.38

     (Thess.); subj.

    καθῶμαι, κάθῃ Cratin.277

    ,

    καθῆται Ar.Eq. 754

    ; opt.

    καθοίμην Id.Ra. 919

    , prob.in Id.Lys. 149; inf. καθῆσθαι; part. καθήμενος: [tense] impf.

    ἐκαθήμην Ar. Ec. 152

    , D.48.31, etc.,

    ἐκάθητο h.Bacch.14

    , Ar.Av. 510, Th.5.6,

    ἐκάθησθε Ar.Ach. 638

    , ἐκάθηντο, [dialect] Ion. ἐκατέατο v.l. in Hdt.3.144, 8.73; also without syll. augm.

    καθῆστο Il.1.569

    , E.Ba. 1102, Ph. 1467, Pl.R. 328c, Is.6.19,

    καθῆτο D.18.169

    ,217; [dialect] Ion.

    κατῆστο Hdt.1.46

    ,

    καθῆσθε D. 25.21

     (with vv. ll.),

    καθῆντο Ar.Ec. 302

    , v.l. in Th.5.58; [dialect] Ep.

    καθήατο Il.11.76

    ; [dialect] Ion.

    κατέατο Hdt.3.144

    , 8.73, 9.90 (v.l. καθ-): the later [tense] fut.

    καθήσομαι LXXLe.8.35

    , Ev.Luc.22.30 is corrupt in E.Fr. 960:—to be seated, sit,

    αὐτός τε κάθησο καὶ ἄλλους ἵδρυε λαούς Il.2.191

    ;

    κάθησ' ἑδραία E.Andr. 266

    : freq. in part.,

    πέτρῃ ἔπι προβλῆτι καθήμενος Il.16.407

    ; ἐπ' ἀκτῆς κλαῖε κ. Od.5.82;

    κ. οἶος ἐν Ἴδῃ Il.8.207

    ; ἐν ἀγῶνι κ. 23.448; κλαῖον δ' ἐν λεχέεσσι κ. Od.10.497; θύρῃσι κ. 17.530;

    ἐπὶ ταῖσι θύραις Ar.Nu. 466

    ; αὐτόθεν ἐκ δίφροιο κ. even from his seat as he sat there, Od.21.420;

    καθήμεθ' ἄκρων ἐκ πάγων S.Ant. 411

    ; ἐκ μέσου κατῆστο sate aloof, remained neutral, Hdt.3.83, cf. 4.118,8.73; ἐν θρόνῳ κ. Id.2.149; θρόνῳ κ. E.El. 315;

    κ. πρὸς τάφῳ Id.Hel. 1084

    ;

    πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Ar.V. 773

    ;

    ἐπὶ δίφρου Pl.R. 328c

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων X.Cyr.4.5.54

    ;

    ἐπὶ τοῦ ἅρματος Act.Ap.8.28

    ;

    ἐς τοὐργαστήριον Alciphr.3.27

    : c. acc. cogn., ἕδραν κ. E.Heracl.55: c. acc. loci, sit on, ὀφρύην ib. 394.
    2 esp. of courts, councils, assemblies, etc., sit: οἱ καθήμενοι the judges, the court, And.1.139, D.6.3, etc.;

    δικαστὰς οὐχ ὁρῶ καθημένους Ar.Nu. 208

    ; ὑμεῖς οἱ καθήμενοι you who sit as judges, Th. 5.85;

    οὐκ ἐπὶ τούτῳ κ. ὁ δικαστής Pl.Ap. 35c

    ;

    κ. ὑπὲρ τῶν νόμων D.58.25

    ; of the βουλή, And.1.43;

    βουλῆς περὶ τούτων καθημένης D.21.116

    ; of an assembly, X.An.5.10.5; οἱ κ. the spectators in a theatre, Hegesipp. 1.29.
    3 sit still, sit quiet,

    ὕψι περ ἐν νεφέεσσι καθημένω Od. 16.264

    ; σφοῖσιν ἐνὶ μεγάροισι καθήατο (for ἐκάθηντο) Il.11.76;

    ἐν πένθεϊ μεγάλῳ κατῆστο Hdt.1.46

    ; μετὰ κόπον κ. rest after labour, S.Fr. 479.3: and, in bad sense, sit doing nothing, lie idle, Il.24.403, Hdt. 3.134; of an army, Id.9.56, Th.4.124; of a boat's crew, PCair.Zen. 107.6 (iii B.C.);

    οὐδὲν ποιοῦντες ἐνθάδε καθήμεθα, μέλλοντες ἀεί D.11.17

    , cf. 2.23, S.Fr.142.20, etc.; also, of an army, to have its quarters, be encamped,

    περὶ τὰς Ἀχαρνάς Th.2.20

    , cf. 101;

    ἐχθρῶν ὑπ' αὐτοῖς τείχεσιν καθημένων E.Ph. 752

    .
    4 reside in a place, LXXNe.11.6;

    λαὸς καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ Ev.Matt.4.16

    ; settle,

    εἰς Σινώπην Muson.Fr. 9p.43H.

    5 lead a sedentary, obscure life,

    ἐν σκότῳ καθήμενος Pi. O.1.83

    ;

    ἔσω καθημένη A.Ch. 919

    ; αἱ βαναυσικαὶ [ τέχναι]

    ἀναγκάζουσι καθῆσθαι X.Oec.4.2

    ; to be engaged or employed, esp. in a sedentary business,

    ἐπ' αὐτῷ τούτῳ Hdt.2.86

    ; κ. ἐπὶ τῇ τραπέζῃ, of bankers, D.49.42, cf. 45.33;

    ἐπ' ἐργαστηρίου Id.59.67

    ;

    ἐπὶ τοῦ.. ἰατρείου Aeschin.1.40

    ; καθῆσθαι ἐν πόλει, opp. ζῆν ἐν Χωρίῳ, Muson.Fr.11p.59H.
    6 sit as a suppliant,

    ἐν Δελφοῖσι Hdt.5.63

    , cf. Orac.ib. 7.140.
    7 of districts and countries, lie,

    Χωρία ὁμοίως καθήμενα Thphr.HP8.8.7

    .
    b to be low-lying,

    τὰ λεῖα καὶ καθήμενα Ael.VH 3.1

    , cf. NA16.12; πεδίον κ. Him.Or.14.17; πόπανον.. κ. δωδεκόμφαλον prob. flat in the middle, IG22.1367.
    8 of a statue, to be placed, Pl.Smp. 215b, Arist.Pol. 1315b21.
    9 of things, to be set or placed,

    λαγῴοις ἐπ' ἀμύλῳ καθημένοις Telecl.32

    , cf. Pherecr.108.17;

    τὸ πηδάλιον κ. πλάγιον Arist.Mech. 851a4

    , cf. ib.13.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κάθημαι

  • 15 κατάγνυμι

    κατ-άγνῡμι, inf. - ύναι [pron. full] [ῠ] Th.4.11, Pl.Phdr. 265e; [full] καταγνύω Eub. 107.14, X.Oec.6.5; late [tense] pres. [full] κατάσσω, [full] κατεάσσω (qq. v.): [tense] fut.
    A

    κατάξω Eup.323

    : [tense] aor.

    κατέαξα Hom.

    , etc. (v. infr.); [dialect] Ion.

    κατῆξα Hp.Epid.5.26

    ; [ per.] 3sg. subj.

    κατάξει SIG38.37

     (Teos, v B.C.); part. κατάξας (Dobree for κατεάξας) Lys.3.42, Plu.2.526b (v.l. κατεάξας, κατάγξας); [dialect] Ep. opt. καυάξαις = καϝϝάξαις for κατ-ϝάξαις, Hes.Op. 666, 693:—[voice] Pass.,

    κατάγνῠμαι Hp.Fract.45

    , Art.67, Ar. Pax 703: [tense] impf.

    κατεάγνυτο Epicur.Nat.113G.

    : [tense] aor. 2 κατεάγην [prob. [pron. full] ᾰ] Ar. V. 1428, subj. κατ-ᾱγῶ ([var] contr. fr. κατᾰ-ϝᾰγ-) Id.Fr. 604, prob. in Id.Ach. 928, opt. κατᾱγείην ib. 944; part. καταγείς [prob. [pron. full] ᾱ] IG2.1673.33, 39, al., later

    κατᾰγέντος APl.4.187

    : [tense] fut.

    καταγήσομαι

     Cat.Cod. Astr.

    8(4).129

    : [tense] pf. κατέᾱγα, [dialect] Ion.

    κατέηγα Hp.Art.67

     (in pass. sense); part. κατεαγώς, written

    κατειαγώς IG22.1673.55

    , [var] contr. κατηγώς Phoenix5.1: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass.

    κατέαγμαι Luc.Tim.10

    , Paus.8.46.5, Artem. 5.32: [tense] aor. 1

    κατεάχθην LXXJe.31(48).25

    ; inf.

    καταχθῆναι Arist.PA 640a22

    ; part.

    καταχθείς Anon.Lond.26.52

    , D.Chr.11.82.--The forms κατέαξα, κατεάγην led the copyists to insert the ε in unaugmented forms, as

    κατεάξας Lys.

     l.c.,

    κατεαγῇ Hp.Art.50

    ,

    κατεαγῆναι Pl.Grg. 469d

    , and such forms were in use in later Gr., as

    κατεάξει Ev.Matt.12.20

    ,

    κατεαγῶσιν Ev.Jo.19.31

    ,

    κατέαξαν BGU908.25

     (ii A.D.):— break in pieces, shatter,

    κατά θ' ἅρματα ἄξω Il.8.403

    ;

    ἄξονα Hes.Op. 693

    ; τὸ (sc. ἔγχος)

    γὰρ κατεάξαμεν Il.13.257

    ;

    νέα μέν μοι κατέαξε Ποσειδάων Od.9.283

    , cf. Hes.Op. 666;

    εἴ τινες μαχεσάμενοι ἔτυχον ἀλλήλων κατάξαντες τὰς κεφαλάς Lys.3.42

    ;

    κατάξειέ τις αὐτοῦ μεθύων τὴν κεφαλήν Ar.Ach. 1166

     cod. R (v.l. τῆς κεφαλῆς, cf.

    οὐ γὰρ κατάξει τῆς κεφαλῆς τὰ ῥήματα Eup.323

    ,

    κατῆξε τῶν πλευρέων Hp.Epid. 5.26

    , v. sub fin.);

    κατάξω τὴν κεφαλήν, ἄνθρωπέ, σου Men.Sam. 173

    ;

    γυνὴ κατέαξ' ἐχῖνον Ar.V. 1436

    ;

    Ναξίαν ἀμυγδάλην κατᾶξαι Phryn.

     Com.68;

    τὰς ἀμυγδαλᾶς.. κάταξον τῇ κεφαλῇ σαυτοῦ λίθῳ Ar.Fr. 590

    : metaph., break up into species,

    μὴ κ. μηδὲ κερματίζειν τὴν ἀρετήν Pl.Men. 79a

    .
    2 weaken, enervate,

    πατρίδα θ', ἢν αὔξειν Χρεὼν καὶ μὴ κατᾶξαι E.Supp. 508

    ;

    τὰς ψυχὰς καταγνύουσι X.Oec.6.5

    : abs. in [tense] pf. part. κατεαγώς effeminate, D.H.Comp.18, Ath.12.524f; αὐλητὴς τῶν κ. Plu.Dem.4;

    κ. μουσική S.E.M.6.14

    .
    II [voice] Pass. with [tense] pf. [voice] Act., to be broken,

    δόρατα κατεηγότα Hdt.7.224

    ;

    ὀστέα Hp. Fract.8

    ;

    κληΐς Id.Art.14

    ;

    περὶ δ' ἐμῷ κάρᾳ κατάγνυται τὸ τεῦχος S. Fr.565.3

    ;

    κατέαγεν ἡ Χύτρα Ar.Th. 403

    ; esp. καταγῆναι τὴν κεφαλήν have one's head broken, And.1.61, Lys.3.14;

    τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεαγέναι D.54.35

    : Com.,

    στάμνου κεφαλὴν κατεαγότος Ar.Pl. 545

    ;

    τὸ κρανίον E.Cyc. 684

    ;

    τὸ σκάφιον Ar.Fr. 604

    ; κατεαγέναι or κατάγνυσθαι τὰ ὦτα, of pugilists, Pl.Grg. 515e, Prt. 342b;

    τὴν κλεῖν κατεαγώς D.18.67

    : also c. gen. partit. (

    οὐ πᾶσαν τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀλλὰ μέρος τι αὐτῆς Hdn.Philet. p.448

     P.),

    τῆς κεφαλῆς κατέαγε περὶ λίθῳ πεσών Ar.Ach. 1180

    ; κατεάγη τῆς κ. Id.V. 1428; τῆς κ. καταγῆναι (-εαγῆναι, -εαγέναι codd.)

    δεῖν Pl.Grg. 469d

    ;

    κατέαγα τοῦ κρανίου Luc.Tim.48

    : metaph., to be shattered, of an argument, Epicur. l. c.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κατάγνυμι

  • 16 κέρας

    κέρᾰς, τό, [dialect] Ep. gen. Κέρᾰος, [dialect] Att. [var] contr. κέρως; [dialect] Ep. dat. κέρᾰϊ (elided) or κέραι or
    A

    κέρᾳ Il.11.385

    , cf. Hdn.Gr.2.75, κέρᾳ also in Th. 2.90, 7.6: nom. pl. κέρᾱ (v. infr.), gen. κεράων, κερῶν, dat. κέρασι, [dialect] Ep. κεράεσσι:—[dialect] Att. Inscrr. have dual [

    κέρ]ατε IG12.301.109

    : pl. κέρατα ib.237.59; later [dialect] Ep. κεράατα ([pron. full] ?κέραςX ¯ ?κέραςX?κέραςX) Nic.Th. 291, κεράατος ([pron. full] ?κέραςX ¯ ?κέραςX?κέραςX) Arat.174, Q.S.6.225:—Hdt.has gen.

    κέρεος 6.111

    , dat.

    κέρεϊ 9.102

    : pl.

    κέρεα 2.38

    , κερέων ib. 132; but Hp. has gen. sg. κέρως, pl. κέρατα, Aër.18. [In nom. and acc. κέρας, ᾰ always: in the obl. cases [pron. full] ᾰ in [dialect] Ep., as

    κέρᾰσιν Od.3.384

     (in [var] contr. dat. κέρᾱ, nom. pl. κέρᾱ (cf. Batr.165), a is shortd. before a vowel, Il.11.385, Od.19.211); but [pron. full] ᾱ in Trag.and Com.,

    κέρᾱτος Hermipp.43

    ,

    κέρᾱτα E.Ba. 921

    , κεράτων [ᾱ] prob. in S.Tr. 519 (lyr.),

    κέρᾱσι A.Fr. 185

    . In later [dialect] Ep. the quantity varies.] ( κέρας is prob. related to κάρα; cf. κεραός.)
    I the horn of an animal, in Hom. mostly of oxen, Il.17.521, etc.;

    ταῦροι.. εἰς κέρας θυμούμενοι E.Ba. 743

    ; ὀφθαλμοὶ δ' ὡς εἰ κέρα ἕστασαν his eyes stood fixed and stiff like horns, Od.19.211; as a symbol of strength, LXX Ps.17(18).3, Diogenian.7.89, cf. Arist.PA 662a1; of elephants' tusks, Aret.SD2.13, Opp.C.2.494.
    2 antennae of crustaceans, Arist.HA 526a31, 590b27; of the silkworm's grub, ib. 551b10.
    II horn, as a material,

    αἱ μὲν γὰρ [πύλαι] κεράεσσι τετεύχαται Od.19.563

    ; the horn of animals' hoofs, Longus 2.28.
    1 bow,

    τόξον ἐνώμα.. πειρώμενος.. μὴ κέρα ἶπες ἔδοιεν Od. 21.395

    , cf. Theoc.25.206, Call.Epigr.38, AP6.75 (Paul.Sil.); for Il.11.385 v. infr. v.l.
    2 of musical instruments, horn for blowing,

    σημῆναι τῷ κέρατι X.An.2.2.4

    , cf. Arist.Aud. 802a17; also, the Phrygian flute, because it was tipped with horn (cf. Poll.4.74),

    αὐλεῖν τῷ κ. Luc.DDeor.12.1

    ;

    καὶ κέρατι μὲν αὐλεῖν Τυρρηνοὶ νομίζουσι Poll.4.76

    , cf. Ath.4.184a.
    3 drinking-horn,

    ἐκ τοῦ κέρατος αὖ μοι δὸς πιεῖν Hermipp.43

    , cf. X.An.7.2.23, OGI214.43 (Didyma, iii B.C.);

    ἐξ ἀργυρέων κ. πίνειν Pi.Fr. 166

    , cf. IG12.280.77;

    ἀργυρηλάτοις κέρασι χρυσᾶ στόμια προσβεβλημένοις A.Fr. 185

    ;

    ἐκπιόντι χρύσεον κ. S.Fr. 483

    ; for measuring liquids, Gal.13.435.
    4 Ἀμαλθείας κ. cornucopiae, v. Ἀμάλθεια.
    IV βοὸς κ. prob. a horn guard or cover attached to a fishing-line, Il.24.81, cf. Sch.;

    ἐς πόντον προΐησι βοὸς κέρας Od.12.253

    ;

    ψάμμῳ κ. αἰὲν ἐρείδων AP6.230

     (Maec.), cf. Aristarch. ap. Apollon.Lex.s.v. κέρᾳ ἀγλαέ, Arist. ap. Plu.2.977a (also expld. as a fishing-line of ox-hair (cf. infr.v.l), ap.Plu.2.976f, cf. Poll.2.31; perh. an artificial bait).
    2 clyster-pipe, Orib.8.32 7.
    3 in pl., horn points with which the writing-reed was tipped, AP6.227 (Crin.).
    V of objects shaped like horns,
    1 a mode of dressing the hair,

    κέρᾳ ἀγλαέ Il.11.385

     (unless the meaning be bow), cf. Aristarch. ad loc., Herodorus and Apionap. Eust. ad loc.: hence κέρας is expld. as = θρίξ or κόμη, Apollon.Lex., Hdn.Gr. ap. Eust.l.c., Poll.2.31, Hsch.; cf. iv. l, and v. κεροπλάστης.
    2 arm or branch of a river,

    Ὠκεανοῖο κ. Hes. Th. 789

    ;

    Νείλου Pi.Fr. 201

    ;

    τὸ Μενδήσιον κέρας Th.1.110

    ;

    ἐν Ἰνδοῖς ἐν τῷ Κέρατι καλουμένῳ Arist.Mir. 835b5

    , cf. Mu. 393b5; τὸ κ. τὸ Βυζαντίων the 'Golden Horn', Str.7.6.2, cf. Plb.4.43.7, Sch.A.R.4.282; Ἑσπέρου K., name of a bay, Hanno Peripl.14, cf. Philostr.VS1.21.2.
    3 wing of an army, Hdt.9.26, etc.; or fleet, Id.6.8, Th.2.90, etc.; κ. δεξιόν, λαιόν, A.Pers. 399, E.Supp. 704;

    τὸ εὐώνυμον κ. ἀναπτύσσειν X.An.1.10.9

    .
    b κατὰ κέρας προσβάλλειν, ἐπιπεσεῖν, to attack in flank, Th.3.78, X.HG6.5.16, etc.; κατὰ κ. προσιέναι, ἕπεσθαι, Id.Cyr.7.1.8 and 28;

    κατὰ κ. συμπεσών Plb.1.40.14

    ;

    πρὸς κ. μάχεσθαι X.Cyr.7.1.22

    .
    c ἐπὶ κέρας ἀνάγειν τὰς νέας to lead a fleet in column, Hdt.6.12, cf.14;

    κατὰ μίαν ἐπὶ κέρως παραπλεῖν Th.2.90

    , cf. 6.32, X.Cyr.6.3.34, Eub.67.4; of armies, κατὰ κέρας, opp. ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, X.Cyr.1.6.43, cf. An.4.6.6, HG7.4.23;

    εἰς κ. Id.Eq.Mag.4.3

    ;

    ἐκ κέρατος εἰς φάλαγγα καταστῆσαι Id.Cyr.8.5.15

    ; οὐκ ἐλᾶτε πρὸς τὸ δεξιὸν κ.; Ar.Eq. 243.
    4 corps of 8192 men, = διφαλαγγαρχία, Ascl.Tact.2.6, Arr.Tact.10.7.
    b = μεραρχία, Ascl.Tact.2.10.
    c contingent of thirty-two chariots, ib. 8, Ael.Tact.22.2.
    5 sailyard, = κεραία, AP5.203 (Mel.), OGI674.30 (Egypt, i A.D.), Luc.Am.6, POxy.2136.6 (iii A.D.).
    6 mountainpeak, v.l. in h.Hom.1.8; spur,

    τὸ κ. τοῦ ὄρους X.An.5.6.7

    , cf.Lyc. 534: in pl., extremities of the earth,

    γῆς Philostr.VA2.18

     (pl.).
    7 in Anatomy, extremities of the uterus, Hp.Superf.1, Gal.7.266; of the diaphragm, Sor.1.57.
    b ἁπαλὸν κ., = πόσθη, Archil.171, cf.Neophro (?) in PLit.Lond.77 Fr.2.19, E.Fr. 278, AP12.95.6 (Mel.).
    8 of the πήχεις of the lyre,

    χρυσόδετον κ. S.Fr. 244

     (lyr.) (rather than the bridge, because made of horn, Ael.Dion.Fr. 133, Poll.4.62).
    VI κέρατα ποιεῖν τινι to give him horns, cuckold him, prov. in Artem.2.11; cf.

    κερασφόρος 11

    .
    VII = κερατίνης, Luc.DMort.1.2.
    VIII = σταφυλῖνος ἄγριος, Dsc.3.52; = οἰνάνθη, dub. in Ps.-Dsc.3.120.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κέρας

  • 17 κραίζω

    κρα-ίζω, [dialect] Ion. [pref] κρητηρ- prob. in SIG57.24 (Milet., v B.C.):—in [tense] aor. [voice] Pass. κἠκρατηρίχ<θ> ημες,
    A drink out of the κρατήρ, i.e. get drunk, as we might say, drink from the botile instead of the glass, Sophr.106 (prob.l., cf. ἐκρατηρίχθημεν· ἐμεθύσθημεν, Hsch.).
    II [voice] Act., mix a bowl of wine, κρητηρίσα< ντες κρητῆρα>ς τέσσερας prob. in SIGl.c., cf. AB274; esp.for the orgies. D.18.259, Phot.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κραίζω

  • 18 κωφός

    κωφ-ός, ή, όν,
    A blunt, dull, obtuse, opp.

    ὀξύς, κ. βέλος Il.11.390

    , cf. E.Fr.495.27;

    κ. καλάμη AP12.25

     (Stat.Flacc.).
    II metaph.,
    1 of sound, mute, noiseless,

    κύματι κωφῷ Il.14.16

    ; κωφὴν γὰρ δὴ γαῖαν ἀεικίζει is maltreating dumb, senseless earth, 24.54; τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ἔσκε κωφά the other parts sounded dull, opp. to the ringing of the hollow parts when struck, Hdt.4.200: neut. pl. as Adv.,

    κωφὰ δὲ πόντος κεῖτο Orph.A. 1103

    ; ὁ κ. λιμήν, prob. the bay of Munychia, as opp. to the noisy Piraeus, X.HG2.4.31; κωφότερος ὁ ψόφος ἔσται, i.e. muffled, Aen.Tact.19; τῶν μεταλλικῶν κωφότατος [ὁ σίδηρος] rings least, Plu.2.721f;

    κωφοὶ ἄνεμοι D.S.3.51

    .
    2 after Hom., of men or animals, dumb, Parm.6.7, etc.; καὶ κωφοῦ συνίημι καὶ οὐ φωνεῦντος ἀκούω Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47; οὐ.. παρὰ κωφὸν ὁ τυφλὸς ἔοικε λαλῆσαι, i.e. is not so dumb but that he will answer the blind fool who assails him, Cratin.6;

    κωφότερος κίχλης Eub.29

    ; κ. χάρις a mute gift (sc. an epitaph), Epigr.Gr. 298 ([place name] Teos); so

    κωφοῖς δάκρυσι IPE2.299

     ([place name] Panticapaeum); κ. τάφοι prob. in IG12(8).441.26; κ. προσωπεῖον mute figure on the stage, Ph.2.520, cf. Plu.2.791e;

    κ. πρόσωπον Cic. Att.13.19.3

    ; κ. καὶ ἄλογος, of a house, with no echoes, Luc.Dom. 1.
    b deaf, h.Merc.92, Heraclit.34.A.Th. 202, Ch. 881;

    λήθην κωφήν, ἄναυδον S.Fr. 670

    ; ὅσοι γίνονται κ. ἐκ γενετῆς, πάντες καὶ ἐνεοὶ γίνονται Arist.HA 536b3 (hence of a deaf and dumb person, Hdt.1.34, BGU 1196.49 (i B. C.), cf. Hsch.); c.gen.,

    κωφὴ ἀκοῆς αἴσθησις Antiph.196.5

    , cj. in Pl.Lg. 932a; κ. Ἑλλάδος φωνᾶς deaf of one's Greek ear, i.e. ignorant of Greek, Dialex.6.12;

    σπαράγματα κωφὰ τοῦ βεβαιοῦντος Plu.2.1108d

    .
    c metaph.,

    νοῦς ὁρῇ καὶ νοῦς ἀκούει· τἆλλα κωφὰ καὶ τυφλά Epich.249

    ;

    κ. πέτρος Moschio

     Trag.7;

    μαψαῦραι Call.Fr.67

    ;

    ἐρημία D.S.3.40

    : neut. pl. as Adv.,

    κωφὰ χλιαίνεσθαι

     feebly,

    AP12.125

     (Mel.).
    3 ὄμμα κ. vacant, lack-lustre eye, Arist.Phgn. 807b23.
    4 of the senses in general, dull, Thphr.Sens.19 ([comp] Comp.).
    5 of the mind, dull, obtuse,

    ἐγὼ ὁ πάντα κ. S.Aj. 911

    , cf. Pi.P.9.87;

    τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ποιεῖν κ. Pl.Ti. 88b

    : κωφοί, οἱ, 'the Dullards', title of satyr-play by Sophocles.
    b of things, senseless, unmeaning, obscure,

    κ. καὶ παλαί' ἔπη S.OT 290

    ;

    κ. διήγησις Plb.3.36.4

    , cf. 5.21.4;

    ὑπόνοια Phld.Mus.p.71

     K.;

    σκῶμμα Plu.2.712a

    ; but κ. εὐπραγίαι is prob.f.l.for κοῦφαι, D.C.38.27. Adv.- φῶς obscurely, Vett.Val.251.25: [comp] Comp. - ότερον, ἐνοχλεῖν less acutely, Phld.Vit.p.21 J.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κωφός

  • 19 μικρός

    μικρός and [full] σμῑκρός, ά, όν, [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Ion. [full] μικκός (q.v.): [full] σμικρός is corroborated by metre in Il.17.757, Hes.Op. 361, and might be restored in Il.5.801, Od.3.296 ( μικρός codd.); it is prob. the only form in Hdt. (
    A

    μικρός Hdt. 2.74

     codd.): freq. in Lyr. and prob. always in Trag. (exc. where metre requires μικρός, as S.Aj. 161 (anap., [comp] Comp.)); most freq. in Pl.; but in Th., also Ar. and other Com., μικρός prevails, σμικρός being found Th.4.13,7.75,8.81, Ar.Ach. 523, V.5; [dialect] Att. Inscrr. have

    σμικρός IG12.313.111

    , al., μικρός ib.369.10, al.:—small, little,
    1 in Size,

    μ. ἔην δέμας Il.5.801

    ;

    μ. λίθος Od.3.296

    ;

    κίρκον, ὅ τε σμικρῇσι φόνον φέρει ὀρνίθεσσιν Il.17.757

    ;

    σμ. ἄστεα Hdt.1.5

    ;

    μεγάθεϊ σμικροί Id.2.74

    : with Dims., μ. πολίχνιον, γῄδιον, παιδάρια, Isoc.5.145, X. Cyr.8.3.38, Ages.1.21: as a Com. exaggeration,

    δικαστηρίδιον μ. πάνυ Ar.V. 803

    ;

    σκαλαθυρμάτι' ἄττα μ. Id.Nu. 630

    , etc.: c. inf.,

    μικροὶ δ' ὁρᾶν Id. Pax 821

    : as a term of reproach,

    Κλειγενὴς ὁ μικρός Id.Ra. 709

    , cf. Pl.Prt. 323d, Arist.EN 1123b7, Alex.98.7;

    Ἀμύντας ὁ μ. Arist. Pol. 1311b3

    ; οἱ ἐν μικρῷ μεγάλοι short but stoutly built, Philostr. Gym. 36;

    ὁ μ. δάκτυλος SIG1172.4

     ([place name] Lebena).
    2 in Quantity,

    σμικρὸν ἐπὶ σμικρῷ καταθεῖναι Hes.Op. 361

    ;

    μέλιτος μικρόν Ar.V. 878

    ; μ. ὄψον, ἀργυρίδιον, X.Mem.3.14.1, Ar.Pl. 240, cf. Antiph.44.
    3 in Amount or Importance, petty, trivial, slight,

    σμ. πρόφασις Thgn.323

    ; ἔπος, ἔγκλημα, ῥοπή, etc., S.OC 443, Tr. 361, OT 961, etc.; ἐκ σμικροῦ λόγου on some slight pretext, Id.OC 620; ἐν σμικρῷ λόγῳ παρῆκεν as of small account, ib. 569;

    αἰτίας μικρᾶς πέρι E.Andr. 387

    , etc.; οὐδὲ μικρόν, = οὐδὲ γρῦ, D.19.37; of persons, of small account, opp.

    μέγας, σμ. ἐν σμικροῖς, μέγας ἐν μεγάλοις Pi.P.3.107

    ;

    ἄριστ' ἂν καὶ μέγας ὀρθοῖθ' ὑπὸ μικροτέρων S.Aj. 161

     (anap.), etc.;

    σμ. τίθησί με Id.OC 958

    ; βίος ὁ μ., = μέτριος, E.Fr. 504; τίνος σμικροτάτου μεταβαλόντος, σμικρότατος τὴν δύναμιν, Pl.R. 473b; of the mind,

    οὐ σμικρὸν φρονεῖ S.Aj. 1120

    ; of style, mean, [

    Φίλιστος] μικρὸς ταῖς ἐκφράσεσιν D.H.Vett.Cens.3.2

    ; of festivals, of lesser importance,

    Ἁλίεια τὰ μεγάλα καὶ τὰ μ. SIG1067.14

     ([place name] Cedreae).
    II of Time, short, Pi.O.12.12, Ar.Pl. 126, etc.;

    εἰς μ. χρόνον Pl.R. 498d

    ; ἐν μικρῷ (sc. χρόνῳ) shortly, X.Cyn.5.32, Eq. 8.7;

    πρὸ μικροῦ Poll.1.72

    ;

    ἔτι μικρὸν καὶ καταλιθοβολήσουσί με LXX Ex.17.4

    .
    2 of Age, young, Ostr.Bodl.i237 (ii B.C.), etc.
    III Adverbial usages,
    1 regul. Adv. σμικρῶς, but little, Pl.Criti. 107d; μικρῶς by a little, prob. in Archim.Stom.1: [comp] Sup.

    σμικρότατα X.Mem. 3.11.12

    .
    2 σμικροῦ or μικροῦ within a little, almost, Id.Cyr.1.4.8, D.18.151, etc.; in full, μικροῦ δεῖν, v. δεῖ 11, δέω (B) 1; μικροῦ τινος ἀπελείφθη τοῦ μή .. Ach.Tat.7.13; but μικροῦ πρίασθαι for a little, cheap, X.Mem.2.10.4.
    3 σμικρῷ by a little, with [comp] Comp., Pl.Plt. 262c, etc.; also σμικρῷ πρόσθεν a little before, Id.Lg. 719b, etc.;

    μικρῷ ἄνωθεν D.44.6

    .
    4 μικρόν a little, σμικρὸν ὑπολείπεσθαι, σμ. τι παρακλίνειν, X.An.5.4.22, Pl.Cra. 410a; of Time, X.An.3.1.11, etc.; repeated,

    μικρὸν μικρόν Antiph.10

    : pl., of Degree,

    σμικρὰ γεωμετρίας ἔμπειροι Pl.R. 527a

    , etc.;

    σμίκρ' ἄττα διατρίψαντες Id.Prt. 316a

    ;

    μικρὰ διακινήσω σε περὶ τοῦ πράγματος Sosip.1.22

    ;

    περιπάτησον μικρὰ μετ' ἐμοῦ Men.Sam. 243

    , cf. Plu.Luc.31.
    5 with Preps.,
    a ἐπὶ σμικρόν but a little, S.El. 414, Antipho 6.18, Hdt.4.129.
    b κατὰ μικρόν into small pieces, X.An.7.3.22; so κατὰ μικρὰ γενομένης τῆς δυνάμεως ib. 5.6.32; also, little by little,

    κατὰ μικρὸν ἀεί Ar.V. 702

    , cf. Nu. 741; opp. συλλήβδην, Pl.R. 344a; καὶ κατὰ σμ. or μ. ever so little, Id.Sph. 241c, Isoc.3.10, D.2.22.
    c παρὰ μικρόν within a little, παρὰ μ. ἐλθεῖν c. inf., to be within an ace of doing, E.Heracl. 295 (anap.), cf. Isoc.7.6, etc.;

    παρὰ μ. ἦλθον ἀποθανεῖν Id.17.42

    ;

    τὸ παρὰ μ. ὥσπερ οὐδὲν ἀπέχειν δοκεῖ Arist.Ph. 197a30

    ; but τὸ παρὰ μ. σῴζεσθαι to be only just saved, Id.Rh. 1371b11, cf. Simp. in Ph.344.10; gradual, imperceptible change, Arist.Pol. 1303a20; οὐδὲ παρὰ μ. ἦν κρεῖττον c. inf., Plb.12.20.7; [

    ἡ τύχη] παρὰ μ. εἰς ἑκάτερα ποιεῖ μεγάλας ῥοπάς Id.15.6.8

    , cf. Isoc.4.59; but also παρὰ μ. ποιεῖσθαι, ἡγεῖσθαι, to think little of.., D.61.51, Isoc.5.79.
    d μετὰ μικρόν a little after, Ev.Matt.26.73.
    IV besides regul. [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. μικρότερος, -ότατος (Ar. Eq. 789, D.Prooem.48, etc.), there are the irreg. ἐλάσσων, ἐλάχιστος, from ἐλαχύς, and μείων, μεῖστος, also μειότερος; v. μείων. [ῑ by nature; [pron. full] ῐ only in late Poetry, Epigr. ap. Phleg.Fr.36.17 J.] (Perh. cf. Lat. mīca, mīcidus, OHG. smāhi, ONorse smár 'little'.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μικρός

  • 20 μῦς

    μῦς, ὁ (even of the female, Philem.126; ὁ θῆλυς [μ.] Ael.NA12.10); gen.
    A

    μῠός Cratin.53

    , Alc.Com.22; acc.

    μῦν Arcesil. 1

     D.; voc.

    μῦ AP11.391

     (Lucill.); nom. pl. μύες [ῠ] Ar.Ach. 762, Anaxandr.41.61 (anap.), μῦες dub. in Epich.44, also

    μῦς Antiph.193

    , Herod.3.76; acc. pl. μύας [ῠ] Epich.42.5, Posidipp.14,

    μῦς Hdt.2.141

    , Philyll.13; dat. pl. μῡσί Hdn.Gr.2.642, μῠσί ([etym.] ν) Batr.174, 178, al.:— mouse or rat, Batr. 173, etc.: sg. in collect. sense,

    οὐδὲ τὸμ μῦν ἑτοιμάζονται θηρεύειν PCair.Zen.300.17

     (iii B. C.); μ. ἀρουραῖος literally the field-mouse, but prob. hamster, Cricetus vulgaris, Hdt. l. c.; prov., μ. πίττης γεύεται, of one who tempted by some apparent good finds himself in inextricable difficulties, 'burn one's fingers', 'catch a Tartar', D. 50.26;

    μῦς.. γεύμεθα πίσσας Theoc.14.51

    ; ὅκως χώρης οἱ μῦς ὁμοίως τὸν σίδηρον τρώγουσιν, i. e. for lack of food, Herod. l. c., cf. Antig. Car. ap. St.Byz. s.v. Γύαρος; κατὰ μυὸς ὄλεθρον, of a lingering death, Philem.211, Men.219, cf. Herod.5.68 (s. v. l.), Ael.NA12.10; μ. λευκός a lewd person, Philem.126.
    2 jerboa, Dipus aegyptiacus, Hdt. 4.192, Arist.HA 581a3, al.
    II a shell-fish, mussel, A.Fr.34, Philyll. l. c., Arist.HA 547b11 (s. v. l.), al., prob. in PCair.Zen.82.11 (iii B. C.).
    III a large kind of whale, Arist.HA 519a23 (s. v. l.); but μ. θαλάττιος file-fish, Balistes capriscus, = Lat. mus marinus, Ael. NA9.41, cf. Diph.Siph. ap. Ath.8.355f, Marc.Sid.30, Opp.H.1.174; μ. θ. prob. sea-water mussel, Heraclid.Tar. ap. Ath.3.120d.
    IV muscle of the body, Hp. de Arte10, Arist.Pr. 885a37, Theoc.22.48, etc.
    V gag (as if from μύω), Herod.3.85.
    VI μυὸς ὦτα, v. μυοσωτίς. (Cf. Skt. mū´s, Lat. mūs, OHG., OE., ONorse mūs; the signf. muscle (IV supr.) belongs also to OHG., OE., ONorse mūs, Dutch muis, and to the [var] Dim., Lat. musculus, cf. OSlav. myšica 'arm' (lit. 'little mouse'); cf. σμῦς.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μῦς

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • prob — prob; prob·a·bil·i·o·rism; prob·a·bil·i·o·rist; prob·a·bi·lism; prob·a·bi·lis·tic; prob·a·bil·i·ty; prob·a·bi·lize; prob·a·bly; prob·er; prob·ert·ite; prob·it; prob·lem·at·i·cal·ly; prob·lem·a·tist; prob·lem·ist; prob·lem·ize; prob·o·la;… …   English syllables

  • ProB — Sportart Basketball Gründungsjahr 2007 …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • prob — PROB, Ă, probi, e, adj. (livr.) Cinstit, onest, integru, loial. – Din fr. probe. Trimis de ana zecheru, 13.04.2004. Sursa: DEX 98  PROB adj. v. cinstit, corect, incoruptibil, integru, leal, necoruptibil, onest. Trimis de siveco, 13.09.2007.… …   Dicționar Român

  • prob. — prob. (probable) n. likely, plausible, reasonable prob. (probably) adv. in all likelihood, most likely, in all probability prob. (problem) n. difficulty, situation that requires a solution …   English contemporary dictionary

  • prob — /prob/, n. Chiefly Brit. Slang. problem. [by shortening] * * * …   Universalium

  • prob — abbrev. 1. probable 2. probably 3. problem …   English World dictionary

  • prob´er — probe «prohb», verb, probed, prob|ing, noun. –v.t. 1. to search into; examine thoroughly; investigate: »to probe a person s thoughts or feelings to find out why he acted as he did. Man in his unquenchable thirst for oil has probed ever deeper… …   Useful english dictionary

  • prob — noun Short form of . No prob, Ill fix it tomorrow …   Wiktionary

  • prob — /prɒb/ (say prob) noun Colloquial a problem …  

  • prob´a|bi|lis´ti|cal|ly — prob|a|bi|lis|tic «PROB uh buh LIHS tihk», adjective. 1. having to do with or based on probability: »Clausius, Maxwell, and Boltzmann showed how to derive the laws of gases from probabilistic assumptions about the behavior of individual molecules …   Useful english dictionary

  • prob|a|bi|lis|tic — «PROB uh buh LIHS tihk», adjective. 1. having to do with or based on probability: »Clausius, Maxwell, and Boltzmann showed how to derive the laws of gases from probabilistic assumptions about the behavior of individual molecules (Scientific… …   Useful english dictionary

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»